[opensuse-translation-commit] r90460 - trunk/yast/de/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-29 17:14:17 +0100 (Wed, 29 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90460 Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/isns.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -904,44 +904,57 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "audit.rules kann nicht gelesen werden." +# SLE12 #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" -msgstr "Wollen Sie ihn starten und den Start beim Booten aktivieren\n" +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +"or only start the daemon for now?" +msgstr "" +"Möchten Sie ihn starten und den Start beim Hochfahren aktivieren\n" +"oder den Daemon nur dieses eine Mal starten?" -#. question continues -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "Der Daemon 'auditd' läuft nicht.\n" +# SLE12 #. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -msgstr "Das Kernelmodul 'apparmor' ist geladen.\n" +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +msgstr "" +"Das Kernelmodul 'apparmor' ist geladen.\n" +"Der Kernel verwendet einen aktiven Prüf-Daemon\n" +"zur Protokollierung der Prüfereignisse in /var/log/audit/audit.log (Standard).\n" #. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Start des Audit-Deamons" #. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "Starten und &Aktivieren" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Starten" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "&Nicht starten" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Audit-Daemon kann nicht gestartet werden." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -954,36 +967,36 @@ "müssen Sie Ihr System neu starten.\n" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Prüfkonfiguration wird gespeichert" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Regeln schreiben" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Regeln werden geschrieben..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Die Regeln sind bereits gesperrt." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -994,49 +1007,35 @@ "Danach müssen Sie Ihr System neu starten.\n" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Audit-Daemon konnte nicht neu gestartet werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht nach auditd.conf geschrieben werden." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Starten Sie yast2-audit-laf erneut und überprüfen die Regeln." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht nach auditd.rules geschrieben werden." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Protokolldatei" -# SLE12 -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" -#~ "or only start the daemon for now?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Möchten Sie ihn starten und den Start beim Hochfahren aktivieren\n" -#~ "oder den Daemon nur dieses eine Mal starten?" +#~ msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +#~ msgstr "Wollen Sie ihn starten und den Start beim Booten aktivieren\n" -# SLE12 -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Kernelmodul 'apparmor' ist geladen.\n" -#~ "Der Kernel verwendet einen aktiven Prüf-Daemon\n" -#~ "zur Protokollierung der Prüfereignisse in /var/log/audit/audit.log (Standard).\n" +#~ msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#~ msgstr "Das Kernelmodul 'apparmor' ist geladen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 23:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -186,11 +186,13 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "Verhindern von SPAM" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" +msgid "Authentication Client" +msgstr "Authentifizierte Clients" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" msgstr "Eingerichtete Authentifizierungsdomains" @@ -213,871 +215,871 @@ #. initialize GUI #: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "TODO WRITE HELP" -msgstr "TODO WRITE HELP" +msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>" +msgstr "" #. Define Global Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "Gibt die Syntax für die Konfigurationsdatei an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Services, die gestartet werden sollen, wenn SSSD selbst gestartet wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "Angabe, wie oft die Services versuchen sollen, die Verbindung wiederherzustellen, wenn ein Absturz beim Datenanbieter auftritt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "SSSD kann mehrere Domänen gleichzeitig nutzen, allerdings muss mindestens eine Domäne konfiguriert sein, da SSSD sonst nicht gestartet wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "Dieser Parameter enthält die Liste der Domänen in der Reihenfolge, in der sie abgefragt werden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "Regulärer Standardausdruck, der beschreibt, wie die Zeichenfolge mit dem Benutzernamen und der Domäne in diesen Komponenten analysiert werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "Das standardmäßige printf(3)-kompatible Format, das beschreibt, wie ein Tupel (Name, Domäne) in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen übersetzt werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "SSSD überwacht den Status von resolv.conf und ermittelt den Zeitpunkt, an dem der interne DNS-Auflöser aktualisiert werden muss." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "Standardmäßig wird hierfür inotify verwendet. Falls inotify nicht verfügbar ist, erfolgt ein Fallback auf das Abrufen von resolv.conf in Abständen von fünf Sekunden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "Verzeichnis im Dateisystem, in dem SSSD die Kerberos-Wiedergabe-Cache-Dateien speichern soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "Diese Zeichenfolge wird als standardmäßiger Domänenname für alle Namen verwendet, die keinen Domänennamenbestandteil umfassen." #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "Bitmaske, die die sichtbaren Debug-Ebenen angibt. 0x0010 ist der Standardwert und zugleich der niedrigste zulässige Wert, 0xFFF0 bezeichnet den ausführlichsten Modus." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Debug-Meldungen mit Zeitstempel versehen" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:70 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Mikrosekunden zum Zeitstempel in Debug-Meldungen hinzufügen" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:75 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) zwischen den Heartbeats für diesen Service." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "Diese Option gibt die maximale Anzahl der Dateideskriptoren an, die gleichzeitig durch diesen SSSD-Prozess geöffnet werden können." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "Diese Option gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, den ein Client eines SSSD-Prozesses einen Dateideskriptor beibehalten kann, ohne damit zu kommunizieren." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "Wenn ein Service nicht auf Ping-Prüfungen reagiert (siehe Option 'Zeitüberschreitung'), wird zunächst das SIGTERM-Signal gesendet, mit dem die ordnungsgemäße Beendigung des Service angewiesen wird." #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "Über welchen Zeitraum (in Sekunden) sollen Aufzählungen in nss_sss zwischengespeichert werden (Anforderungen nach Informationen zu allen Benutzern)?" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "Der Eintrags-Cache kann so eingestellt werden, dass die Einträge automatisch im Hintergrund aktualisiert werden, wenn sie über einen Prozentsatz des Werts entry_cache_timeout für die Domäne hinaus angefordert werden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den nss_sss negative Cache-Treffer (also Abfragen nach ungültigen Datenbankeinträgen, z. B. nach nicht vorhandenen Einträgen) zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgstr "Schließt bestimmte Benutzer vom Abruf durch die sss-NSS-Datenbank aus." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgstr "Schließt bestimmte Gruppen vom Abruf durch die sss-NSS-Datenbank aus." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "Wenn die gefilterten Benutzer weiterhin Gruppenmitglieder bleiben sollen, stellen Sie diese Option auf 'false' ein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft. Geben Sie wahlweise einen absoluten Wert oder eine Vorlage an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Legt die Standardvorlage für das Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers fest, wenn der Datenanbieter der Domäne nicht explizit eine Vorlage angegeben hat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Setzt die Anmelde-Shell für alle Benutzer außer Kraft." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:144 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Beschränkt die Benutzer-Shell auf einen der aufgeführten Werte." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:148 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Ersetzt alle Instanzen dieser Shells durch die shell_fallback" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn keine zulässige Shell auf dem Computer installiert ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn der Anbieter bei der Suche keine Shell zurückgibt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Liste der Subdomänen gültig sein soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Datensätze im Cache im Arbeitsspeicher gültig sein sollen." #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Tagen seit der letzten erfolgreichen Online-Anmeldung), über den zwischengespeicherte Anmeldungen zulässig sein sollen, wenn der Authentifizierungsanbieter offline ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Minuten), der nach dem Erreichen von offline_failed_login_attempts ablaufen muss, bevor der nächste Anmeldeversuch möglich ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "Steuert die Art der Meldungen, die dem Benutzer während der Authentifizierung angezeigt werden sollen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "Bei allen PAM-Anforderungen, die gestellt werden, während SSSD online ist, versucht der SSSD, die zwischengespeicherten Identitätsdaten des Benutzers sofort zu aktualisieren, damit die Authentifizierung jeweils mit den neuesten Daten erfolgt." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:990 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Zeigt n Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts eine Warnung an." #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "Angabe, ob die Attribute 'sudoNotBefore' und 'sudoNotAfter', mit denen zeitabhängige Sudoers-Einträge implementiert werden, ausgewertet werden sollen oder nicht." #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den der autofs-Responder negative Cache-Treffer zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "Angabe, ob ein Hash-Vorgang für die Hostnamen und Adressen in der verwalteten Datei 'known_hosts' durchgeführt werden soll oder nicht." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden), über den ein Host in der verwalteten Datei 'known_hosts' beibehalten werden soll, nachdem seine Hostschlüssel angefordert wurden." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "UID- und GID-Grenzwerte für die Domäne. Wenn eine Domäne einen Eintrag enthält, der außerhalb dieser Grenzwerte liegt, wird sie ignoriert." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Legt fest, ob eine Domäne in eine Aufzählung aufgenommen werden kann." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "Wenn der Service nicht nach “force_timeout” Sekunden beendet wird, erzwingt das Überwachungsprogramm die Beendigung mit einem SIGKILL-Signal." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Einträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Benutzereinträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Gruppeneinträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Netgroup-Einträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Service-Einträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden sudo Regeln als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden der autofs-Dienst automounter maps als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." msgstr "Regelt ob Benutzerberechtigungen auch im lokalen LDB-Zwischenspeicher zwischengespeichert werden sollen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "Anzahl an Tagen welche die Einträge nach dem letzten erfolgreichen Anmeldevorgang im Zwischenspeicher gehalten werden, bevor sie beim aufräumen des Zwischenspeichers entfernt werden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der Identifikationsanbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "Geben Sie den vollständigen Namen und die Domäne (gemäß dem full_name_format der Domäne) als Anmeldenamen des Benutzers an, der an NSS gemeldet werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der Authentifizierungsanbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:325 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der Zugriffssteuerungsanbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der Passwortänderungen für die Domäne verarbeiten soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der SUDO-Anbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:343 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der das Laden von selinux-Einstellungen verarbeiten soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:349 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der das Abrufen von Subdomänen verarbeiten soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:355 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der autofs-Anbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:361 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der Hostidentitätsdaten abrufen soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "Regulärer Ausdruck für diese Domäne, der beschreibt, wie die Zeichenfolge mit dem Benutzernamen und der Domäne diesen Komponenten entsprechend analysiert werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "Ein printf(3)-kompatibles Format, das beschreibt, wie ein Tupel (Name, Domäne) für diese Domäne in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen übersetzt werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "Ermöglicht die Auswahl der bevorzugten Adressfamilie für DNS-Suchvorgänge." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den auf eine Antwort des DNS-Auflösers gewartet werden soll, bevor angenommen wird, dass der Auflöser nicht erreichbar ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Verwendet den Domänenteil des Hostnamens des Computers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "Wenn die Service-Ermittlung im Back-End verwendet wird: Gibt den Domänenteil der DNS-Abfrage für die Service-Ermittlung an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Überschreibt den primären GID-Wert mit dem angegebenen Wert." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:396 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Bei Benutzer- und Gruppennamen auf die Groß/Kleinschreibung achten." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "Wenn ein Benutzer oder eine Gruppe nach dem Namen im Proxy-Anbieter gesucht wird, wird eine zweite Suche nach ID durchgeführt, mit der der Name 'kanonisiert' wird, falls der angeforderte Name ein Alias ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "Verwendet dieses 'homedir' als Standardwert für alle Subdomänen in dieser Domäne." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Eine durch Komma getrennte Liste von Benutzern die sich anmelden dürfen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Eine durch Komma getrennte Liste von Gruppen die sich anmelden dürfen. Dies bezieht sich nur auf Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domain." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." msgstr "Eine durch Komma getrennte Liste von Benutzern denen explizit der Zugriff verweigert wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Eine durch Komma getrennte Liste von Gruppen denen explizit der Zugriff verweigert wird. Dies bezieht sich nur auf Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domain." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "Der standardmäßige Basis-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-sudo-Regeln." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "'base_directory' wird mithilfe der Werkzeuge durch den Anmeldenamen ergänzt und als Home-Verzeichnis verwendet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Gibt an, ob für neue Benutzer standardmäßig ein neues Home-Verzeichnis angelegt werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "Gibt an, ob ein Home-Verzeichnis für neue Benutzer standardmäßig entfernt werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "Legt in sss_useradd(8) die Standardberechtigungen für soeben erstellte Home-Verzeichnisse fest." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "Das Gerüstverzeichnis, in dem sich Dateien und Verzeichnisse befinden, die in das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers kopiert werden sollen, wenn das Home-Verzeichnis mit sss_useradd(8) erstellt wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "Das Mail-Spool-Verzeichnis." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:471 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "Das Kommando, das nach dem Entfernen eines Benutzers ausgeführt wird." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) zum Ändern des Passworts eines Benutzers eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." msgstr "Der standardmäßige Basis-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-Benutzervorgängen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:509 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." msgstr "Gibt den Schematyp an, der auf dem Ziel-LDAP-Server verwendet wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:513 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "Der standardmäßige Bindungs-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-Vorgängen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:519 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Der Typ des Authentifizierungs-Tokens des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:523 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Das Authentifizierungs-Token des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:528 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Benutzereintrags in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:533 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Anmeldenamen eines Benutzers gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:538 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:543 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur primären Gruppen-ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:548 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum GECOS-Feld des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Namen des Home-Verzeichnisses des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Pfad zur Standard-Shell des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:563 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:568 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Datum der letzten Passwortänderung) gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (minimales Passwortalter) gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (maximales Passwortalter) gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortwarnung) gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortinaktivität) gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oder ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Ablaufdatum des Kontos) gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Datum und die Uhrzeit der letzten Passwortänderung in Kerberos gespeichert sind." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Zeitpunkt (Datum und Uhrzeit) gespeichert ist, an dem das aktuelle Passwort abläuft." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Ablaufzeitpunkt des Kontos gespeichert ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Steuerbit-Feld für das Benutzerkonto gespeichert ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds (oder gleichwertig) gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter das Datum an, bis zu dem der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter den Zeitraum (Stunden an Wochentagen) an, in denen der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die öffentlichen SSH-Schlüssel des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Einige Directory-Server, z. B. Active Directory, geben den Bereichsteil der UPN in Kleinbuchstaben zurück, so dass ein Fehler bei der Authentifizierung auftritt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Stellen Sie diese Option auf 'wahr' ein, wenn der Bereich in Großbuchstaben angegeben werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, bevor SSSD den Cache der Datensätze in der Aufzählung aktualisieren soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Legt fest, wie oft der Cache auf inaktive Einträge (z. B. Gruppen ohne Mitglieder oder Benutzer, die sich noch nie angemeldet haben) überprüft und diese Einträge entfernt, um Platz zu sparen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum vollständigen Namen des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:678 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, in dem die Gruppenmitgliedschaften des Benutzers aufgeführt sind." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'authorizedService' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'host' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Gruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:703 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Gruppennamen gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:708 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur Gruppen-ID gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:713 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Gruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:718 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:723 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Wenn ldap_schema auf ein Schemaformat eingestellt ist, das verschachtelte Gruppen unterstützt (z. B. RFC2307bis), steuert diese Option die Anzahl der Verschachtelungsebenen, die in SSSD berücksichtigt werden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die die Gruppensuche in Bereitstellungen mit komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen beschleunigen kann." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die initgroups-Vorgänge beschleunigen kann (insbesondere bei komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Die Objektklasse eines Netzgruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:758 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Netzgruppennamen gehört." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:763 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Netzgruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Netzwerk-Tripel (Host, Benutzer, Domäne) enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Netzgruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Service-Eintrags in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Service-Attribute und ihre Aliasnamen enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den von diesem Service verwalteten Port enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die von diesem Service verarbeiteten Protokolle enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge nach Benutzer- und Gruppenaufzählungen ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem poll(2)/select(2) nach connect(2) zurückkehren soll, wenn keine Aktivitäten vorliegen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem Aufrufe synchroner LDAP-APIs abgebrochen werden, wenn keine Antwort empfangen wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den eine Verbindung zu einem LDAP-Server beibehalten werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Datensätze an, die in einer einzigen Anfrage aus LDAP abgerufen werden sollen. Bei einigen LDAP-Servern wird eine maximale Anzahl von Datensätzen pro Anforderung erzwungen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Deaktiviert die LDAP-Paging-Steuerung." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Bei der Kommunikation mit einem LDAP-Server über SASL: Geben Sie die Sicherheitsstufe an, die zum Aufbauen der Verbindung mindestens erforderlich ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Gruppenmitglieder an, die im internen Cache fehlen müssen, damit eine Dereferenzsuche ausgelöst wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "Gibt die Prüfungen an, die für Serverzertifikate in einer TLS-Sitzung durchgeführt werden sollen (sofern erforderlich)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die Zertifikate für alle Zertifizierungsstellen enthält, die in SSSD erkannt werden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Gibt den Pfad eines Verzeichnisses an, das Zertifikate der Zertifizierungsstellen in separaten Dateien enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die das Zertifikat für den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:873 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:878 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Gibt die zulässigen Cipher-Suites an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Gibt an, dass die id_provider-Verbindung zum Schutz des Kanals ebenfalls TLS verwenden muss." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Gibt an, dass SSSD versuchen soll, die Benutzer- und Gruppen-IDs aus den Attributen 'ldap_user_objectsid' und 'ldap_group_objectsid' zuzuordnen, statt die Werte aus 'ldap_user_uid_number' und 'ldap_group_gid_number' zu übernehmen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Mechanismus an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:897 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende SASL-Autorisierungs-ID an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:902 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Bereich an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Wenn diese Option auf 'wahr' eingestellt ist, führt die LDAP-Bibliothek eine Rückwärtssuche durch, mit der der Hostname bei einer SASL-Bindung kanonisiert wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende Keytab für SASL/GSSAPI an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:917 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Gibt an, dass der 'id_provider' Kerberos-Anmeldedaten (TGT) initialisieren soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:922 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Gibt die Lebensdauer (in Sekunden) des TGT an, wenn GSSAPI verwendet wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Gibt die Richtlinie an, mit der der Passwortablauf auf der Clientseite ausgewertet werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Gibt an, ob die automatische Verweisverfolgung aktiviert werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:937 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, der verwendet werden soll, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, mit dem ein LDAP-Server gefunden werden soll, der Passwortänderungen zulässt, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Gibt an, ob das Attribut 'ldap_user_shadow_last_change' mit dem Zeitraum (in Tagen) seit der Epoche nach einer Passwortänderung aktualisiert werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider = ldap und ldap_access_order = filter (Standard) ist diese Option obligatorisch. Hiermit wird ein LDAP-Suchfilterkriterium festgelegt, das der Benutzer erfüllen muss, um Zugriff auf diesen Host zu erhalten." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " Mit dieser Option kann eine clientseitige Auswertung der Zugriffssteuerungsattribute aktiviert werden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Zugriffssteuerungsoptionen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:967 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Gibt an, wie die Alias-Dereferenzierung während einer Suche vorgenommen werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Ermöglicht das Beibehalten lokaler Benutzer als Mitglieder einer LDAP-Gruppe auf Servern, auf denen das RFC2307-Schema verwendet wird." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "Der Name des Kerberos-Bereichs." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Wenn der Passwortänderungs-Service nicht auf dem KDC ausgeführt wird, können hier alternative Server definiert werden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Verzeichnis zum Speichern des Anmeldedaten-Cache." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1024 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Speicherort des Anmeldedaten-Cache des Benutzers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " Zeitraum (in Sekunden), nach dem eine Online-Authentifizierungsanforderung oder eine Passwortänderungsanforderung abgebrochen werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Überprüft mithilfe von krb5_keytab, ob das erhaltene TGT frei von Manipulationen ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Der Speicherort der zu verwendenden Keytab für die Validierung von Anmeldedaten, die von KDCs abgerufen wurden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Speichert das Passwort des Benutzers, wenn der Anbieter offline ist, und fordert damit ein TGT an, sobald der Anbieter wieder online ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Fordert ein erneuerbares Ticket mit einer Gesamtlebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Fordert ein Ticket mit einer bestimmten Lebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden) zwischen zwei Überprüfungen, ob das TGT erneuert werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Ermöglicht FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) für die Kerberos-Vorabauthentifizierung." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Gibt den zu verwendenden Server-Principal für FAST an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1070 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Gibt an, ob der Host- und der Benutzer-Prinzipal kanonisiert werden sollen." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1083 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der Active Directory-Domäne an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der AD-Server, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "Optional. Kann auf Computern eingestellt werden, bei denen hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen in der Active Directory-Domäne zum Identifizieren dieses Hosts übereinstimmt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Gibt den unteren Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Gibt den oberen Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Gibt die Anzahl der verfügbaren IDs für die einzelnen Scheiben an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1126 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie die Domänen-SID der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1130 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Ändert das Verhalten des ID-Zuordnungsalgorithmus, so dass er ähnlich wie der winbind-Algorithmus 'idmap_autorid' reagiert." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der IPA-Domäne an." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der IPA-Server, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "Kann auf Computern eingestellt werden, bei denen hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen übereinstimmt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, den DNS-Server in FreeIPA 2 mit der IP-Adresse dieses Clients zu aktualisieren." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "Die TTL, die beim Aktualisieren auf den Client-DNS-Datensatz angewendet werden soll." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Geben Sie die Schnittstelle an, deren IP-Adresse für dynamische DNS-Updates verwendet werden soll." @@ -1087,18 +1089,24 @@ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von nss_ldap konfiguriert.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von SSSD konfiguriert.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von OES konfiguriert.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Das System ist nur für die Verwendung von /etc/passwd konfiguriert.\n" + +#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" +#~ msgstr "Verhindern von SPAM" + +#~ msgid "TODO WRITE HELP" +#~ msgstr "TODO WRITE HELP" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-13 14:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -285,8 +285,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:202 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Authentifizierungsserver-Konfiguration" @@ -472,15 +472,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:907 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "Passwort eingeben" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:913 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:430 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "Die eingegebenen Passwörter stimmen nicht überein. Versuchen Sie es erneut." @@ -620,9 +620,9 @@ msgstr "Neues &Passwort eingeben" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" msgstr "Passwort &bestätigen" @@ -2052,8 +2052,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." @@ -2165,74 +2165,74 @@ #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." msgstr "Die Einstellungen für die aktuelle Datenbank konnten nicht geschrieben werden." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." msgstr "Die Einstellungen für die aktuelle Datenbank konnten nicht gelesen werden." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" msgstr "Neues Administrator&passwort" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "Passwort&verschlüsselung" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "Administratorpasswort ändern" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1040 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1045 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "Mehrere Replikations-Consumers werden derzeit nicht unterstützt" #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" msgstr "Indexkonfiguration" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Passwortrichtlinienkonfiguration" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zugriffssteuerung" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "Replikations-Provider" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "Replikations-Consumer" @@ -2466,25 +2466,31 @@ msgstr "Attribut" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" msgstr "Präsenz" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" msgstr "Gleichheit" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" msgstr "Unterzeichenkette" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgstr "Administratorpasswort ändern" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Kerberos" +msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" +msgstr "Kerberos verwenden" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" msgstr "Index hinzufügen" @@ -2941,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr "Das Kerbos Schema ist dem LDAP-Server nicht bekannt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "kdb5_ldap_util kann nicht ausgeführt werden." @@ -3204,7 +3210,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Das Datenbank-Verzeichnis konnte nicht angelegt werden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Eigentümer des Datenbankverzeichnisses konnte nicht angepasst werden." @@ -3227,70 +3233,70 @@ msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Erstellen der Kerberos Datenbank fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Schreiben in Passwort Datei fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "ist kein gültiger LDAP-DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "hat RDNs mit mehreren Werten." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "Ungültiger LDAP-DN: \"%s\", kann RDN-Werte nicht entnehmen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "Der Wert des \"c\"-Attributes muss ein gültiges ISO-3166 2-Buchstaben-Länderkürzel enthalten." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "Erster Teil der Endung muss bestehen aus c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= oder dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Der Basis-DN \"%s\" ist kein gültiger LDAP-DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Der Basis-DN \"%s\" hat RDNs mit mehreren Werten (nicht unterstützt in YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Der Root-DN \"%s\" ist kein gültiger LDAP-DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Der Root-DN \"%s\" hat RDNs mit mehreren Werten (nicht unterstützt in YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "Der Root-DN muss ein untergeordnetes Objekt des Basis-DN sein." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "Das Verzeichnis konnte nicht angelegt werden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Die CA-Zertifikat-Datei: \"%s\" ist nicht vorhanden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "Fehler beim Versuch, das Serverzertifikat des Provider-Servers zu prüfen.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" @@ -3299,21 +3305,21 @@ "Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass \"%s\" die korrekte CA-Datei enthält,\n" "um das Zertifikat des entfernten Servers zu prüfen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Die Zertifikat-Datei: \"%s\" ist nicht vorhanden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Die Zertifikat-Schlüssel-Datei: \"%s\" ist nicht vorhanden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Schreiben in krb5.conf fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Schreiben in kdc.conf fehlgeschlagen." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 14:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "Aktiviere/Deaktiviere die Paketbehandlung" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Parameterliste ist leer" @@ -137,25 +137,32 @@ msgstr "Pfad zum AutoYaST-Profil muss angegeben werden." #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Client für Erstellung eines AutoYaST-Profils basierend auf dem laufenden System" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Bekannte Module: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste zu kopierender Module" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" +msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" +msgstr "%1 existiert bereits! Wirklich überschreiben?" + +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "System wird geklont ..." # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Das entsprechende AutoYaST-Profil befindet sich in %s." @@ -515,67 +522,77 @@ msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Partitionspläne erstellen" +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +msgid "Configure Bootloader" +msgstr "Bootloader konfigurieren" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registrierung" + # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.de.po (autoinst.de) #-#-#-#-# # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Software-Auswahl konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 -msgid "Configure Bootloader" -msgstr "Bootloader konfigurieren" - # SLE12 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Vorinstallations-Benutzerskripte werden ausgeführt ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen werden konfiguriert ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Sprache werden einrichten ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Partitionspläne werden erstellt ..." +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." +msgstr "Bootloader wird konfiguriert ..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repairing file system..." +msgid "Registering the system..." +msgstr "Dateisystem wird repariert..." + # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.de.po (autoinst.de) #-#-#-#-# # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Software-Auswahl wird konfiguriert ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 -msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." -msgstr "Bootloader wird konfiguriert ..." - # SLE12 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target wird konfiguriert ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "System für automatische Installation vorbereiten" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:161 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Zusatz-Produkt-Verwaltung ..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:181 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:144 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Sprache wird konfiguriert ..." @@ -583,7 +600,7 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:267 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -595,7 +612,7 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -605,55 +622,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldungen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Meldungen &anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Meldungen &protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Zeitablauf (in Sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Warnungen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Warungen &anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "&Warnungen protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Zeitablauf (in S&ek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fehler" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "&Fehler anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "Fehler &protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Zeitabla&uf (in Sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" @@ -661,7 +678,7 @@ "<p>Sie können je nach Installationserfahrung Installationsmeldungen überspringen,\n" "protokollieren und anzeigen (mit Zeitablauf).</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -669,7 +686,7 @@ "<p>Es wird empfohlen, alle <b>Meldungen</b> mit Zeitablauf anzuzeigen.\n" "Warnungen können oftmals übersprungen, sollten jedoch nicht ignoriert werden.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Meldungen und Protokollierung" @@ -1054,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "Ne&u" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:172 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Bearbeiten" @@ -1248,31 +1265,27 @@ msgid "Groups" msgstr "Gruppen" -#. Creates the modules selection box displaying modules in the specified group. -#. The specified YaST module is selected. -#. -#. @param [String] group_name YaST group of modules to display. -#. @param [String] selectedModule Module to preselect. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:151 +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 msgid "No modules available" msgstr "Keine Module verfügbar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Module" #. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column #. #. @return The `HBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:167 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 msgid "&Clone" msgstr "&Kopieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:168 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 msgid "&Apply to System" msgstr "&Auf dieses System anwenden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:173 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 msgid "Clea&r" msgstr "&Löschen" @@ -1280,7 +1293,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. #. @return The `VBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:192 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" @@ -1580,7 +1593,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wird mit RNG-Validierung überprüft ..." @@ -1590,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "Abschnitt %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:803 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wird mit RNC-Validierung überprüft ..." @@ -1629,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "Computer nach Stufe Zwei neu starten" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:118 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Signaturverarbeitung" @@ -2298,7 +2311,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Fehler beim Analysieren der Regeldatei. XML-Parser meldet:\n" @@ -2306,12 +2319,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "Der XML-Parser hat beim Analysieren des Autoyast-Profils einen Fehler gemeldet. Die Fehlermeldung lautet:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2328,45 +2341,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:271 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "&Profil wählen" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:327 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird von Diskette abgerufen" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:330 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom TFTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom NFS-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom HTTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom FTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus der Datei: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:359 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:363 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird aus Standardpfad kopiert." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Unbekannte Quelle." @@ -2376,7 +2389,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:445 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2386,7 +2399,7 @@ "<p>Mit einigen Ausnahmen können nahezu alle Ressourcen der Steuerdatei\n" "mit dem Konfigurationsverwaltungswerkzeug konfiguriert werden.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2400,7 +2413,7 @@ "Installieren eines anderen Systems mit AutoYaST verwendet werden kann.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2418,12 +2431,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "- Laufwerk" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Volume-Gruppe" @@ -2434,74 +2447,74 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:82 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Installation bestätigen?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:107 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:114 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Zweite Stufe von AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Computer wird nach Stufe Eins angehalten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:105 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Computer wird nach Stufe Zwei angehalten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:112 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Computer nach Stufe Zwei neu starten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Unsignierte Dateien werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:123 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Unsignierte Dateien werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Dateien ohne Prüfsumme werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Dateien ohne Prüfsumme werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Überprüfungen werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Überprüfungen werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:148 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Unbekannte GPG-Schlüssel werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:149 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Unbekannte GPG-Schlüssel werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:154 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Neue GPG-Schlüssel werden importiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:155 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Neue GPG-Schlüssel werden nicht importiert" @@ -2522,11 +2535,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Laufwerke" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "%1 Laufwerk gesamt" @@ -2590,31 +2603,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:312 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Das Hinzufügen des Repositorys %1 ist fehlgeschlagen" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Die Abbilderstellung schlug bei der Pattern-Installation fehl. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Erstellung des Abbilds - Installieren der Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Die Abbilderstellung schlug während der Paketinstallation fehl. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Abbild speichern in ..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2622,16 +2635,16 @@ "Sie können nun am Abbild in %1 Änderungen vornehmen\n" "Wenn Sie die OK-Schaltfläche drücken, wird das Abbild komprimiert und kann nicht mehr geändert werden." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Die Abbildkomprimierung schlug fehl in '%1'. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Abbild erfolgreich angelegt" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2640,30 +2653,30 @@ "Sie können diese Datei mittels 'ls -F > directory.yast' erstellen, falls sie nicht vorhanden ist." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden. Erneut versuchen?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden: ISO-Erstellung fehlgeschlagen" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:557 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "ISO-Dateistruktur wird vorbereitet ..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:606 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "boot-Konfiguration für die DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:610 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2673,43 +2686,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:632 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Speicherung des ISO-Abbilds in ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:633 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "!ISO-Abbild wird erstellt ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO wurde erfolgreich in %1 erstellt" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Ausgewählte Schemata" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:740 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Individuell gewählte Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Zu entfernende Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Kernel-Paket erzwingen" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:843 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Schemata konnten nicht festgelegt werden: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Bei der Ausführung des Paket-Resolver ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Überprüfen Sie den Software-Abschnitt im AutoYaST-Profil." @@ -2758,7 +2771,7 @@ #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST Profil. Geben Sie das Passwort zweimal ein" @@ -2766,14 +2779,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Abschnitt %1 konnte nicht in Datei %2 geschrieben werden." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:679 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST-Profil. Geben Sie das korrekte Passwort ein." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 22:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Ü&berspringen" @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passwort" @@ -2675,37 +2675,37 @@ "Es sind keine Leerzeichen erlaubt.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Externe Zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Interne Zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:117 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Demilitarisierte Zone" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:238 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:240 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:242 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:244 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -2742,82 +2742,72 @@ "Zuweisung vor.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Initialisierung der Firewall-Konfiguration" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten suchen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Auf mögliche Konflikte der Dienste prüfen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 -msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" -msgstr "Dynamische Definitionen der installierten Dienste lesen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Auf Netzwerkgeräte überprüfen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2506 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2508 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Überprüfen möglicher Konflikte der Dienste ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2510 -msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." -msgstr "Dynamische Definitionen der installierten Dienste werden gelesen ..." - #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall schreiben" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2679 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2681 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Firewall-Dienst anpassen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2685 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2687 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Firewall-Dienst wird angepasst ..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2706 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Einstellungen konnten nicht geschrieben werden" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll (%1)" @@ -2941,19 +2931,19 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:345 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:617 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "Ein Dienst mit dem Namen '%{service_name}' ist nicht vorhanden." # SLE12 #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Dienst: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:483 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'" @@ -2978,51 +2968,51 @@ msgstr "&Deinstallieren" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Größe:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Verbleibende Zeit bis zum nächsten automatischen Versuch: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird heruntergeladen ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Herunterladen des Pakets" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Details anzeigen" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Paket %1 ist fehlerhaft, Integritätsprüfung ist fehlgeschlagen." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Installation des Pakets erneut versuchen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Installation abbrechen?" @@ -3031,15 +3021,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fehler: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3048,35 +3038,35 @@ "Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Verwaltungsmoduls überprüft werden.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird deinstalliert ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird installiert ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Paket wird deinstalliert" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Paket wird installiert" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paket %1 konnte nicht entfernt werden." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Die Installation des Pakets %1 ist fehlgeschlagen." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3085,7 +3075,7 @@ "Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Verwaltungsmoduls überprüft werden." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3100,27 +3090,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Seite A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Seite B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Disc %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Medium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3129,7 +3119,7 @@ "'%1' ein." #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3142,7 +3132,7 @@ "Prüfen Sie, ob auf das Verzeichnis zugegriffen werden kann." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3155,14 +3145,14 @@ "Prüfen Sie, ob auf den Server zugegriffen werden kann." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Das erforderliche Repository-Medium konnte nicht eingehängt werden." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatische Aktualisierung überspringen" @@ -3170,76 +3160,76 @@ # 2003-08-29 11:05:13 CEST -ke- #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Aus&werfen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD- oder DVD-Medium &automatisch auswerfen" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Installation erneut versuchen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Medium überspringen?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Defektes Medium wird ignoriert ..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1 wird erstellt" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Beim Erstellen des Repositorys ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Die Beschreibung des entfernten Repositorys kann nicht abgerufen werden." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Beim Abrufen der neuen Metadaten ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Das Repository ist ungültig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die Metadaten des Repositorys sind ungültig." @@ -3247,96 +3237,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Wiederholen?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1 wird getestet" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Beim Testen des Repositorys ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Details zum Test des Repositorys." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die Metadaten des Repositorys sind ungültig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket %1 (%2) wird heruntergeladen ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket wird heruntergeladen" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket %1 wird angewendet ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket wird angewendet" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Patch-RPM-Paket %1 (%2) wird heruntergeladen ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Patch-RPM-Paket wird heruntergeladen" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Skript %1 wird gestartet (Patch %2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Skript wird ausgeführt" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Ausgabe des Skripts" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3345,7 +3335,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3360,44 +3350,44 @@ "können möglicherweise einige Pakete fehlen oder veraltet sein." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Aktualisierung &überspringen" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Herunterladen" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Herunterladen von: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Paketdatenbank prüfen" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Paketdatenbank wird neu erstellt. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3406,12 +3396,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konvertierung der Paketdatenbank. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3420,12 +3410,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-Datenbank einlesen ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete einlesen" @@ -3436,27 +3426,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-Datenbank durchsuchen ..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Initialisierung des Ziels ist fehlgeschlagen." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM-Datenbank eingelesen" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Benutzerauthentifizierung" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3467,7 +3457,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Benutzername" @@ -4928,7 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "Diese Meldung nicht mehr anzeigen" #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:409 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Beim Erzeugen der initrd trat ein Fehler auf." @@ -5939,6 +5929,12 @@ "Für %1 ist keine Reverse Zone vorhanden, die von Ihrem DNS-Server verwaltet wird.\n" "Hostname %2 kann nicht hinzugefügt werden." +#~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" +#~ msgstr "Dynamische Definitionen der installierten Dienste lesen" + +#~ msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." +#~ msgstr "Dynamische Definitionen der installierten Dienste werden gelesen ..." + #~ msgid "No running network detected." #~ msgstr "Kein laufendes Netzwerk entdeckt." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 14:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -45,77 +45,53 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Globale Option oder Abschnittsoption löschen" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set a global option" +msgid "Delete a global option" +msgstr "Globale Option festlegen" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Globale Option oder Abschnittsoption setzen" +msgid "Set a global option" +msgstr "Globale Option festlegen" -#. command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 -msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "Eine neue Sektion hinzufügen - benutzen Sie bitte den interaktiven Modus" - #. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 msgid "Print value of specified option" msgstr "Wert der spezifizierten Option ausgeben" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The name of the section" -msgstr "Name des Abschnitts" - -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 msgid "The key of the option" msgstr "Der Optionsschlüssel" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 msgid "The value of the option" msgstr "Der Optionswert" -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 -msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "Abschnitt %1 wurde nicht gefunden." - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "Der Wert wurde nicht spezifiziert." -#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name -#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "Add-Option ist nur im interaktiven Befehlszeilen-Modus verfügbar" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 -msgid "Section name must be specified." -msgstr "Der Abschnittsname muss spezifiziert werden." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "Die Option wurde nicht spezifiziert." +#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value: %1" +msgid "Value: %s" +msgstr "Wert: %1" + #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "Die spezifizierte Option ist nicht vorhanden." -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 -msgid "Value: %1" -msgstr "Wert: %1" - #. progress step title #: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." @@ -145,53 +121,26 @@ msgstr "Das System wird nun neu gestartet..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Es wurde kein Bootloader für die Installation gewählt. Ihr System wird sich möglicherweise nicht starten lassen." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden" # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# CAVE: Es handelt sich hier um den Titel der Konfiguration, nicht um das Verb! #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Systemstart" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "S&ystemstart" -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 -msgid "Disk Order" -msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Plattenreihenfolge-Einstellungen" - -#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 -msgid "Boot Menu" -msgstr "Bootmenü" - -#. `VSpacing(1), -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -280,21 +229,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" -"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Trusted-Grub verwenden</b> wird ein Trusted-Grub installieren und verwenden. Die Option <i>Datei für grafisches Menü</i> wird dabei ignoriert.\n" -"Es wird empfohlen Grub in den MBR zu installieren</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aus Master-Boot-Record booten</b> ist nicht empfehlenswert, wenn Sie auf dem Computer\n" "ein weiteres Betriebssystem installiert haben</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" @@ -307,7 +248,7 @@ "zum Starten dieses Abschnitts konfigurieren.</p>" # SLE12 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" @@ -315,11 +256,11 @@ "<p><b>Neustart aus erweiterter Partition</b> sollte ausgewählt sein, wenn Ihre root-Partition sich auf der \n" "logischen Partition befindet und die /boot-Partition fehlt</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition</b> können Sie die Partition auswählen, von der gebootet werden soll.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" @@ -327,15 +268,19 @@ "<p>MD-Array wird aus 2 Platten erstellt. <b>Aktiviere Redundanz für MD-Array</b>\n" "aktivieren Sie diese Option um GRUB in den MBR von beiden Platten zu schreiben.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Mit <b>Parameter der seriellen Verbindung</b> können Sie die für eine serielle Konsole\n" "zu verwendenden Parameter bestimmen. Details finden Sie in der GRUB-Dokumentation (<code>info grub</code>).</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -349,7 +294,7 @@ "Kommando übergeben, beispielsweise <code>serial console</code>. In diesem Fall wird ein Terminal, auf dem\n" "Sie eine beliebige Taste drücken, als GRUB-Terminal ausgewählt.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" @@ -357,19 +302,11 @@ "<p><b>Fallback-Abschnitte falls die Standardprozedur fehlschlägt</b> enthält eine Liste der Abschnittsnummern,\n" "die zum Booten verwendet werden, wenn der Standardabschnitt nicht bootbar ist.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bei Auswahl von <b>Menü beim Booten ausblenden</b> wird das Bootmenü ausgeblendet.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Datei für grafisches Menü</b> legt die Datei fest, die für das grafische Bootmenü verwendet werden soll.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 -msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Akustische Signale aktivieren</b> akustische Signale ein-/ausschalten.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -380,7 +317,7 @@ "in <b>Passwort wiederholen</b> erneut eingeben.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -394,197 +331,120 @@ "Zum Hinzufügen einer Platte wählen Sie <b>Hinzufügen</b>.\n" "zum Entfernen <b>Entfernen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Speicherorte des Bootloaders" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Zei&tüberschreitung in Sekunden" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Standar&d-Bootabschnitt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "&Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -msgstr "&Trusted-GRUB verwenden" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Aus Master-Boot-Record booten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Aus Root-Partition booten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Aus Bootpartition booten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Neustart aus erweiterter Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Parameter der seriellen Verbindung" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Fallback-Abschnitte falls die Standardprozedur fehlschlägt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Menü beim Booten ver&bergen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -msgstr "Datei für grafisches &Menü" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Pa&sswort für die Menüschnittstelle" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Flag für D&urchführung der Fehlersuche" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain -#. Joachim Plack -#. Olaf Dabrunz -#. Philipp Thomas -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 -msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -msgstr "Neue Datei für grafisches Menü wählen" - -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 -msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -msgstr "Akustische &Signale aktivieren" - #. Validate function of a popup #. @param [String] key any widget key #. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation #. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Bootload&er durch Passwort schützen" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passwort" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Passwor&t wiederholen" -#. Common widget of a console -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "&Serielle Konsole benutzen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "&Konsolen-Argumente" - -#. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Gerät" - -#. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "Device-map muss zumindest ein Gerät enthalten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "&Festplatten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 -msgid "&Up" -msgstr "A&uf" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 -msgid "&Down" -msgstr "A&b" - #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Aus &Root-Partition starten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Aus Boo&tpartition starten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Speicherort des Bootloaders" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Aus &Master-Boot-Record starten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Aus &erweiterter Partition starten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Red&undanz für MD-Array aktivieren" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Details zur Bootloader-Installation" - # SLE12 #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 @@ -603,6 +463,11 @@ msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen" +#. Window title +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Secure Boot" @@ -613,13 +478,13 @@ # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Boot&loader-Speicherort" # SLE12 #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "Wählen Sie die Partition aus, auf der die Bootsequenz installiert ist." @@ -638,12 +503,10 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Optionale Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile</b> können zusätzliche Parameter festgelegt werden, die an den Kernel übergeben werden sollen.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>VGA-Modus</b> legt den VGA-Modus für die <i>Konsole</i> fest, den der Kernel beim Booten setzen soll.</p>" @@ -666,7 +529,6 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Distributor</b> ist der Name des Kernel-Distributors, mit dem der Booteintragsname erstellt wird. </p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionaler Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile" @@ -676,7 +538,6 @@ msgstr "D&istributor" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-Modus" @@ -698,32 +559,22 @@ #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels #. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) #. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" msgstr "%1x%2, %3 Bit (Modus %4)" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." msgstr "Standard 8-Pixel-Schriftmodus" # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# # video mode menu item #. item of a combo box -#. item of a combo box #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 msgid "Text Mode" msgstr "Textmodus" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Unspezifiert." @@ -769,18 +620,22 @@ msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsolen-Thema" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "&Serielle Konsole benutzen" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "&Konsolen-Argumente" + # SLE12 #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "Nicht unterstützter Bootloader '%s'. Passen Sie Ihr AutoYaST-Profil entsprechend an." #. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Datei wählen" @@ -788,183 +643,27 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Die Boot-Partition ist vom Typ NFS. Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Für den aktuellen Bootloader können keine Optionen gesetzt werden." -#. heading -#. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "Kernel Section" -msgstr "Kernel-Abschnitt" - -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 -msgid "Section Settings" -msgstr "Abschnittseinstellungen" - -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen: Abschnittsverwaltung" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 -msgid "Xen Section" -msgstr "Xen-Abschnitt" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "Menüabschnitt" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "Dump Section" -msgstr "Dump-Abschnitt" - -#. label -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Other System Section" -msgstr "Anderer Systemabschnitt" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 -msgid "&Filename" -msgstr "&Dateiname" - -#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 -msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "Dateiname: %1" - -#. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 -msgid "Fi&le Contents" -msgstr "&Dateiinhalte" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration für Experten" - -#. sections list widget -#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections -#. @param [Array Object>}] sects list of current sections -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Weitere" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 -msgid "Image" -msgstr "Abbild" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 -msgid "Xen" -msgstr "Xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "Diskette" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "Menü" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 -msgid "Dump" -msgstr "Dump" - -#. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 -msgid "Def." -msgstr "Def." - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "Label" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Typ" - -#. table header; header for section details, either -#. the specification of the kernel image to load, -#. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -msgid "Image / Device" -msgstr "Abbild / Gerät" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 -msgid "Set as De&fault" -msgstr "Als Stan&dard setzen" - #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Bootloader" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -978,119 +677,66 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie fortfahren?\n" -#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -"\n" -"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -"\n" -"Select a course of action:\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Sie möchten den Bootloader wechseln. Beim Konvertieren der\n" -"Konfiguration können einige Einstellungen verloren gehen.\n" -"\n" -"Die aktuelle Konfiguration wird gespeichert und kann wiederhergestellt\n" -"werden, wenn Sie zum aktuellen Bootloader zurückkehren.\n" -"\n" -"Wählen Sie eine Vorgehensweise:\n" +#. menu button entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien &bearbeiten" -#. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "Neue Konfiguration &vorschlagen" -# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# -# &w is taken by &Weiter -# 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 -msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration &konvertieren" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 -msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -msgstr "Neue Konfiguration ohne Vorschlag er&stellen" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 -msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -msgstr "Auf Festplatte gespeicherte Konfiguration &einlesen" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 -msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -msgstr "Vor der Konvertierung gespeicherte Konfiguration &wiederherstellen" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 -msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -msgstr "Wählen Sie vor dem Bearbeiten der Abschnitte den Bootloader aus." - -#. pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien &bearbeiten" - #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "Neue Konfiguration ohne Vorschlag er&stellen" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "Konfiguration &neu von Festplatte einlesen" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "MBR von Festplatte wiederherstellen" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Bootloader-Bootcode auf Datenträger schreiben" +#. menu button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Weitere" + #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "MBR erfolgreich wiederhergestellt." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "MBR konnte nicht wiederhergestellt werden." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Das Schreiben der Bootloader-Einstellungen ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 -msgid "&Section Management" -msgstr "Ab&schnittsverwaltung" - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "Bootloader-&Installation" - #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Boot&loader-Optionen" +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +msgstr "&Details zur Bootloader-Installation" + #. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 msgid "" @@ -1109,18 +755,9 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Bitte warten...<br></p>" -#. help text, optional part of following +#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mehrere Linux-Systeme installiert haben,\n" -"kann YaST diese suchen und ihre Menüs zusammenführen." - -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "" "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" @@ -1132,7 +769,7 @@ "auf der Festplatte gespeicherte Konfiguration erneut lesen. %1</P>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" @@ -1141,7 +778,7 @@ "klicken Sie auf <B>Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten</B>.</P>" #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu.</P>" @@ -1150,7 +787,7 @@ "einen Eintrag im Bootmenü.</P>" #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" "selected section.</P>" @@ -1159,7 +796,7 @@ "gewählten Abschnitts.</P>" #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -1176,7 +813,7 @@ "Menü kann mit den Schaltflächen <B>Auf</B> und <B>Ab</B> geändert werden.</P>" #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" @@ -1187,7 +824,7 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" @@ -1196,7 +833,7 @@ "Der Bootloader (%1) kann auf folgende Arten installiert werden:</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -1207,7 +844,7 @@ "auf dem Computer installiert ist.</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" @@ -1227,24 +864,8 @@ " oder konfigurieren Sie Ihren anderen Bootmanager so, \n" "dass er &product; startet.</p>" -#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 -#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" -"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- Auf einer <b>Diskette</b>.\n" -"Hiermit kann das Risiko einer Interferenz mit einem bereits vorhandenen\n" -"Bootmechanismus ausgeschlossen werden. Das Starten von Diskette wird im\n" -"BIOS des Computers aktiviert, auf dem diese Option verwendet werden soll.</p>" - #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -1255,7 +876,7 @@ "die Einschränkungen des Systems berücksichtigt werden.</p>" #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -1268,7 +889,7 @@ "können Sie möglicherweise von einer logischen Partition aus starten.</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -1279,7 +900,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in das Eingabefeld ein.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" @@ -1290,7 +911,7 @@ "klicken Sie auf <b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -1301,7 +922,7 @@ "verwenden Sie <b>Bootloader</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" @@ -1312,7 +933,7 @@ "<b>Bootloader-Optionen</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" @@ -1323,7 +944,7 @@ "<P>Hinweis: Die endgültige Konfigurationsdatei verfügt möglicherweise über eine andere Einrückung.</P>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" @@ -1334,7 +955,7 @@ "Abschnitts muss eindeutig sein.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" @@ -1343,7 +964,7 @@ "Wählen Sie den Typ des neu zu erstellenden Abschnitts.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" @@ -1354,7 +975,7 @@ "unterscheiden sollen.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start.</p>" @@ -1363,7 +984,7 @@ "zum Laden und Starten hinzuzufügen.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" @@ -1372,7 +993,7 @@ "das Starten jedoch in einer Xen-Umgebung erfolgen soll.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -1382,7 +1003,7 @@ "ein Bootabschnitt einer Partition der Festplatte geladen und gestartet wird. Diese Option wird zum\n" "Booten anderer Betriebssysteme verwendet.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -1396,52 +1017,42 @@ # &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:743 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge: %1" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader" # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# # info box title #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Bootloader" -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -msgstr "Der %1-Bootsektor wurde auf die Diskette geschrieben." - -#. popup - continuing -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -msgstr "Belassen Sie die Diskette im Laufwerk." - #. popup message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 msgid "" @@ -1458,18 +1069,13 @@ "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "Alle Änderungen gehen dabei verloren.\n" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 -msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgstr "Wollen Sie den Abschnitt %1 wirklich löschen?" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Das Passwort muss einen Eintrag enthalten." #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -1477,82 +1083,15 @@ "Die Angaben in den Feldern 'Passwort' und 'Passwort wiederholen'\n" "sind nicht identisch. Bitte erneut eingeben." -#. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check section %1 settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"Die Festplatteneinstellungen wurden geändert.\n" -"Überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen des Abschnitts %1.\n" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"Die Festplatteneinstellungen wurden geändert und Sie haben die\n" -"Konfigurationsdateien das Bootloaders manuell geändert.\n" -"Überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen des Bootloaders.\n" - #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete #. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" msgstr "%1Soll der Ort für den Standard-Bootloader festgelegt werden?\n" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 -msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -msgstr "Kein Dateisystem anlegen" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 -msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -msgstr "ext2-Dateisystem anlegen" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 -msgid "Create a FAT File System" -msgstr "FAT-Dateisystem anlegen" - -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -"and confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "" -"Der Bootloader-Bootabschnitt wird auf eine Diskette geschrieben.\n" -"Legen Sie eine Diskette ein und\n" -"bestätigen Sie mit OK.\n" - -#. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 -msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "&Low-Level-Format" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 -msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "Dateisystem &anlegen" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 -msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "Low-Level-Formatierung ist fehlgeschlagen. Erneut versuchen?" - -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 -msgid "Creating file system failed." -msgstr "Das Anlegen des Dateisystems ist fehlgeschlagen." - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 msgid "" "The name selected is already used.\n" "Use a different one.\n" @@ -1561,7 +1100,7 @@ "Verwenden Sie einen anderen.\n" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 msgid "" "An error occurred during boot loader\n" "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" @@ -1569,14 +1108,9 @@ "Während der Installation des Bootloaders trat ein Fehler auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die Bootloader-Konfiguration wiederholen?\n" -#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 -msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgstr "Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden." - #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1599,316 +1133,10 @@ "Fortfahren?\n" #. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" msgstr "&Ja, neu schreiben" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets -#. -#. Authors: -#. Josef Reidinger -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Abbild-Abschnitt</b></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Kernel-Abbild</b> legt den zu bootenden Kernel fest. Namen entweder direkt eingeben oder über <b>Durchsuchen</b> auswählen.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Root-Gerät</b> legt das Gerät fest, das als Root-Gerät an den Kernel übergeben werden soll.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Initial-RAM-Disk</b>, falls nicht leer, legt die zu verwendende Initial-RAM-Disk fest. Pfad und Dateiname können entweder\n" -"direkt eingegeben oder über <b>Durchsuchen</b> ausgewählt werden.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Chainloader-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen Abschnitt zum Booten eines Nicht-Linux-Betriebssystems festlegen möchten.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Das Setzen von <b>Passwortschutz verwenden</p> erfordert ein Passwort, um diesen Abschnitt zu wählen.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Anderes System</b> ermöglicht eine Auswahl aus den auf dem Computer gefundenen Nicht-Linux-Betriebssystemen.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Diese Partition bei Bootauswahl aktivieren</b>, wenn dieses Flag gesetzt sein muss, um Ihrem BIOS das Booten zu ermöglichen</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Offset für Chainloading blockieren</b> ermöglicht Ihnen die Angabe der Liste mit zu bootenden Blöcken. In den meisten Fällen empfiehlt sich hier\n" -"die Angabe von <code>+1</code>. Details zur Notation der Blockliste finden Sie in der GRUB-Dokumentation.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Xen-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild hinzufügen möchten,\n" -"das Starten jedoch in einer Xen-Umgebung erfolgen soll.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Hypervisor</b> wird der zu verwendende Hypervisor festgelegt.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Zusätzliche Xen Hypervisor-Parameter</b> können Sie zusätzlcihe Parameter definieren, die an den Xen Hypervisor weitergeleitet werden.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Menüabschnitt</b></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Partition von Menüdatei</b></p>" - -# SLE12 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Menübeschreibungsdatei</b> gibt den Pfad zum Root-Gerät an, von dem die Menüdatei geladen wird.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Abschnitt der ersten Festplatte in der Gerätezuordnung zuordnen</b> Windows muss sich normalerweise auf der ersten Festplatte befinden.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" -"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Messwerte</b> enthält gemessene Dateien mit PCR. Die Tabelle kann über die Schaltflächen <b>Hinzufügen</b>, \n" -"<b>Bearbeiten</b> und <b>Löschen</b> geändert werden</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Verschiebeversuch zulassen</b></p>\n" -"Wird für gewöhnlich im globalen Abschnitt festgelegt</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Schreibgeschütztes Einhängen des Root-Dateisystems erzwingen</b><br>\n" -"Wird für gewöhnlich im globalen Abschnitt festgelegt</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" -"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Mit <b>Dump-Abschnitt</b> wird ein Abschnitt hinzugefügt, aus dem hervorgeht, wie ein\n" -"System-Dump entweder auf einer DASD-Festplattenpartition oder auf einem Bandgerät oder in einer\n" -"Datei in einer SCSI-Festplattenpartition erstellt wird.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Mit <b>Menüabschnitt</b> wird der Konfiguration ein neues Menü hinzugefügt.\n" -"Bei Menüabschnitten handelt es sich um eine Liste mit verwandten Aufgaben.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Aktiviere SELinux</b> um die das SELinux-Sicherheits-Rahmenwerk benötigten kernel-boot-Parameter hinzuzufügen.\n" -"Bitte beachten Sie, dass dies gleichzeitig AppAmor deaktiviert.</p>" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "Abbild-Abschnitt" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 -msgid "&Kernel Image" -msgstr "&Kernel-Image" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 -msgid "&Root Device" -msgstr "&Root-Gerät" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 -msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -msgstr "&Initial-RAM-Disk" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 -msgid "Chainloader Section" -msgstr "Chainloader-Abschnitt" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 -msgid "Use Password Protection" -msgstr "Passwortschutz verwenden" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 -msgid "&Other System" -msgstr "&Anderes System" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -msgstr "Dateis&ystem vor Booten nicht überprüfen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 -msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "Diese P&artition bei Bootauswahl aktivieren" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 -msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -msgstr "B&lock-Offset für Chainloading " - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 -msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -msgstr "A&bschnitt auf den ersten Datenträger der Gerätezuordnung abbilden" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 -msgid "&Hypervisor" -msgstr "&Hypervisor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 -msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -msgstr "&Zusätzliche Xen-Hypervisor-Parameter" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 -msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "&Partition der Menüdatei" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Menu Description File" -msgstr "&Menübeschreibungsdatei" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 -msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "&Schreibgeschütztes Einhängen des Root-Dateisystems erzwingen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 -msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -msgstr "Ve&rschiebeversuch zulassen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 -msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -msgstr "&Zielverzeichnis für Abschnitt" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 -msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -msgstr "Op&tionale Parameterdatei" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 -msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -msgstr "Dump-Abschnitt (veraltet)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 -msgid "&Dump Device" -msgstr "&Dump-Gerät" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 -msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -msgstr "&SCSI-Dump-Gerät" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 -msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -msgstr "&Liste der Menüeinträge" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 -msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -msgstr "&Nummer des Standardeintrags" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 -msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -msgstr "Zei&tablauf in Sekunden" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 -msgid "&Show boot menu" -msgstr "Bootmenü &anzeigen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 -msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -msgstr "Abbild in B&oot-Partition kopieren" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 -msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -msgstr "Ab&schnitt bei Fehlern taktvoll überspringen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 -msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -msgstr "&Partition eines anderen Systems starten" - -#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 -msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -msgstr "Abbild-Abschnitt muss angegebenes Kernel-Abbild haben" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 -msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "Abbild-Datei existiert nicht. Wollen Sie sie wirklich benutzen?" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 -msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "Initrd-Datei existiert nicht. Wollen Sie sie wirklich benutzen?" - -#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 -msgid "Enable &SELinux" -msgstr "Aktiviere &SELinux" - -#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 -msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -msgstr "Der Name enthält nicht erlaubte Zeichen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 -msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -msgstr "Während des Neustarts nach der Auflösung fragen." - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 -msgid "Clone Selected Section" -msgstr "Ausgewählten Abschnitt klonen" - -#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 -msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -msgstr "Anderes System (Chainloader)" - -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 -msgid "Section Type" -msgstr "Typ des Abschnitts" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Section &Name" -msgstr "&Name des Abschnitts" - #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." @@ -1917,106 +1145,72 @@ # SLE12 #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#. -#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Bootcode in MBR installieren (nicht installieren</a>)" # SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" msgstr "Bootcode nicht in MBR installieren (installieren</a>)" # SLE12 #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-Partition installieren (nicht installieren</a>)" # SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" msgstr "Bootcode nicht in /boot-Partition installieren (installieren</a>)" # SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-Partition installieren (nicht installieren</a>)" # SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" msgstr "Den Bootcode nicht in die Partition \"/\" installieren (installieren</a>)" # SLE12 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Warnung: Kein Speicherort für Bootloader-Stufe 1 ausgewählt. Wenn Sie nicht über Expertenkenntnisse verfügen, wählen Sie den obigen Speicherort aus." + +# SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Speicherort ändern: %s" -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Bootloader-Typ: %1" -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 -msgid " (\"/boot\")" -msgstr " (\"/boot\")" - #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (erweitert)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 -msgid " (\"/\")" -msgstr " (\"/\")" - #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status Lokation: %1" -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr " (Standard)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 -msgid "Sections:<br>%1" -msgstr "Abschnitte:<br>%1" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 -msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "Bootloader nicht installieren, nur Konfigurationsdateien erstellen" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 -msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -msgstr "Vorschlagen und mit vorhandenen GRUB-Menüs &zusammenführen" - -# SLE12 -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Warnung: Kein Speicherort für Bootloader-Stufe 1 ausgewählt. Wenn Sie nicht über Expertenkenntnisse verfügen, wählen Sie den obigen Speicherort aus." - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Secure Boot aktivieren: %1" @@ -2030,114 +1224,601 @@ msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Nicht unterstützte Kombination der Hardwareplattform %1 und des Bootloaders %2" -#. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 -msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "Partitionsanzahl > 3 wird für das Booten mit GPT-Partitionstabellen verwendet" - # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "Das Booten aus dem MBR ist mit dem Btrfs-Dateisystem und der GPT-Festplattenkennung ohne die bios_grub-Partition nicht möglich. Zum Beheben dieses Problems erstellen Sie die bios_grub-Partition oder verwenden Sie ein ext*-Dateisystem für die Bootpartition oder installieren Sie Stufe 1 nicht im MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Das Bootgerät ist auf raid-Typ: %1. System wird nicht booten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "Das Bootgerät befindet sich auf einem Software-RAID1. Wählen Sie einen anderen Bereich für den Bootloader, z. B. den Master Boot Record" # SLE12 -#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "YaST konnte die genaue Bootreihenfolge der erforderlichen Datenträger für die Gerätezuordnung nicht ermitteln. Prüfen Sie die Bootreihenfolge der Datenträger unter \"Details zur Bootloader-Installation\", und passen Sie sie ggf. an." - -# SLE12 #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "Ext*-Partition für Booten fehlt. Bootcode kann nicht installiert werden." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader überprüfen" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Einlesen der Partitionierung" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen laden" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wird überprüft..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Partitionierung wird eingelesen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen werden geladen..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" -#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 -msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgstr "Hinzugefügte Kernel-Parameter: %1" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd erstellen" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders speichern" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader installieren" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd wird erstellt ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders werden gespeichert..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wird installiert..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des Bootloaders wird gespeichert" +#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +#~ msgstr "Globale Option oder Abschnittsoption löschen" + +#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +#~ msgstr "Globale Option oder Abschnittsoption setzen" + +#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "Eine neue Sektion hinzufügen - benutzen Sie bitte den interaktiven Modus" + +#~ msgid "The name of the section" +#~ msgstr "Name des Abschnitts" + +#~ msgid "Section %1 not found." +#~ msgstr "Abschnitt %1 wurde nicht gefunden." + +#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "Add-Option ist nur im interaktiven Befehlszeilen-Modus verfügbar" + +#~ msgid "Section name must be specified." +#~ msgstr "Der Abschnittsname muss spezifiziert werden." + +#~ msgid "Disk Order" +#~ msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge" + +#~ msgid "Disk order settings" +#~ msgstr "Plattenreihenfolge-Einstellungen" + +#~ msgid "Boot Menu" +#~ msgstr "Bootmenü" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Trusted-Grub verwenden</b> wird ein Trusted-Grub installieren und verwenden. Die Option <i>Datei für grafisches Menü</i> wird dabei ignoriert.\n" +#~ "Es wird empfohlen Grub in den MBR zu installieren</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Datei für grafisches Menü</b> legt die Datei fest, die für das grafische Bootmenü verwendet werden soll.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Akustische Signale aktivieren</b> akustische Signale ein-/ausschalten.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" +#~ msgstr "&Trusted-GRUB verwenden" + +#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File" +#~ msgstr "Datei für grafisches &Menü" + +#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" +#~ msgstr "Neue Datei für grafisches Menü wählen" + +#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" +#~ msgstr "Akustische &Signale aktivieren" + +#~ msgid "&Device" +#~ msgstr "&Gerät" + +#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#~ msgstr "Device-map muss zumindest ein Gerät enthalten" + +#~ msgid "D&isks" +#~ msgstr "&Festplatten" + +#~ msgid "&Up" +#~ msgstr "A&uf" + +#~ msgid "&Down" +#~ msgstr "A&b" + +#~ msgid "Kernel Section" +#~ msgstr "Kernel-Abschnitt" + +#~ msgid "Section Settings" +#~ msgstr "Abschnittseinstellungen" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen: Abschnittsverwaltung" + +#~ msgid "Xen Section" +#~ msgstr "Xen-Abschnitt" + +#~ msgid "Menu Section" +#~ msgstr "Menüabschnitt" + +#~ msgid "Dump Section" +#~ msgstr "Dump-Abschnitt" + +#~ msgid "Other System Section" +#~ msgstr "Anderer Systemabschnitt" + +#~ msgid "&Filename" +#~ msgstr "&Dateiname" + +#~ msgid "Filename: %1" +#~ msgstr "Dateiname: %1" + +#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents" +#~ msgstr "&Dateiinhalte" + +#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration für Experten" + +#~ msgid "Image" +#~ msgstr "Abbild" + +#~ msgid "Xen" +#~ msgstr "Xen" + +#~ msgid "Floppy" +#~ msgstr "Diskette" + +#~ msgid "Menu" +#~ msgstr "Menü" + +#~ msgid "Dump" +#~ msgstr "Dump" + +#~ msgid "Def." +#~ msgstr "Def." + +#~ msgid "Label" +#~ msgstr "Label" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Typ" + +#~ msgid "Image / Device" +#~ msgstr "Abbild / Gerät" + +#~ msgid "Set as De&fault" +#~ msgstr "Als Stan&dard setzen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" +#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" +#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Select a course of action:\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Sie möchten den Bootloader wechseln. Beim Konvertieren der\n" +#~ "Konfiguration können einige Einstellungen verloren gehen.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Die aktuelle Konfiguration wird gespeichert und kann wiederhergestellt\n" +#~ "werden, wenn Sie zum aktuellen Bootloader zurückkehren.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Wählen Sie eine Vorgehensweise:\n" + +# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# +# &w is taken by &Weiter +# 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- +#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration &konvertieren" + +#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "Neue Konfiguration ohne Vorschlag er&stellen" + +#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" +#~ msgstr "Auf Festplatte gespeicherte Konfiguration &einlesen" + +#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" +#~ msgstr "Vor der Konvertierung gespeicherte Konfiguration &wiederherstellen" + +#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." +#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie vor dem Bearbeiten der Abschnitte den Bootloader aus." + +#~ msgid "&Section Management" +#~ msgstr "Ab&schnittsverwaltung" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader-&Installation" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" +#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie mehrere Linux-Systeme installiert haben,\n" +#~ "kann YaST diese suchen und ihre Menüs zusammenführen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" +#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" +#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" +#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- Auf einer <b>Diskette</b>.\n" +#~ "Hiermit kann das Risiko einer Interferenz mit einem bereits vorhandenen\n" +#~ "Bootmechanismus ausgeschlossen werden. Das Starten von Diskette wird im\n" +#~ "BIOS des Computers aktiviert, auf dem diese Option verwendet werden soll.</p>" + +#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." +#~ msgstr "Der %1-Bootsektor wurde auf die Diskette geschrieben." + +#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." +#~ msgstr "Belassen Sie die Diskette im Laufwerk." + +#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?" +#~ msgstr "Wollen Sie den Abschnitt %1 wirklich löschen?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n" +#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die Festplatteneinstellungen wurden geändert.\n" +#~ "Überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen des Abschnitts %1.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" +#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die Festplatteneinstellungen wurden geändert und Sie haben die\n" +#~ "Konfigurationsdateien das Bootloaders manuell geändert.\n" +#~ "Überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen des Bootloaders.\n" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" +#~ msgstr "Kein Dateisystem anlegen" + +#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System" +#~ msgstr "ext2-Dateisystem anlegen" + +#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System" +#~ msgstr "FAT-Dateisystem anlegen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" +#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" +#~ "and confirm with OK.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Der Bootloader-Bootabschnitt wird auf eine Diskette geschrieben.\n" +#~ "Legen Sie eine Diskette ein und\n" +#~ "bestätigen Sie mit OK.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Low Level Format" +#~ msgstr "&Low-Level-Format" + +#~ msgid "&Create File System" +#~ msgstr "Dateisystem &anlegen" + +#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" +#~ msgstr "Low-Level-Formatierung ist fehlgeschlagen. Erneut versuchen?" + +#~ msgid "Creating file system failed." +#~ msgstr "Das Anlegen des Dateisystems ist fehlgeschlagen." + +#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." +#~ msgstr "Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden." + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Abbild-Abschnitt</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Kernel-Abbild</b> legt den zu bootenden Kernel fest. Namen entweder direkt eingeben oder über <b>Durchsuchen</b> auswählen.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Root-Gerät</b> legt das Gerät fest, das als Root-Gerät an den Kernel übergeben werden soll.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Initial-RAM-Disk</b>, falls nicht leer, legt die zu verwendende Initial-RAM-Disk fest. Pfad und Dateiname können entweder\n" +#~ "direkt eingegeben oder über <b>Durchsuchen</b> ausgewählt werden.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Chainloader-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen Abschnitt zum Booten eines Nicht-Linux-Betriebssystems festlegen möchten.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Das Setzen von <b>Passwortschutz verwenden</p> erfordert ein Passwort, um diesen Abschnitt zu wählen.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Anderes System</b> ermöglicht eine Auswahl aus den auf dem Computer gefundenen Nicht-Linux-Betriebssystemen.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Diese Partition bei Bootauswahl aktivieren</b>, wenn dieses Flag gesetzt sein muss, um Ihrem BIOS das Booten zu ermöglichen</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Offset für Chainloading blockieren</b> ermöglicht Ihnen die Angabe der Liste mit zu bootenden Blöcken. In den meisten Fällen empfiehlt sich hier\n" +#~ "die Angabe von <code>+1</code>. Details zur Notation der Blockliste finden Sie in der GRUB-Dokumentation.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Xen-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild hinzufügen möchten,\n" +#~ "das Starten jedoch in einer Xen-Umgebung erfolgen soll.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Hypervisor</b> wird der zu verwendende Hypervisor festgelegt.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Zusätzliche Xen Hypervisor-Parameter</b> können Sie zusätzlcihe Parameter definieren, die an den Xen Hypervisor weitergeleitet werden.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menüabschnitt</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partition von Menüdatei</b></p>" + +# SLE12 +#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menübeschreibungsdatei</b> gibt den Pfad zum Root-Gerät an, von dem die Menüdatei geladen wird.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Abschnitt der ersten Festplatte in der Gerätezuordnung zuordnen</b> Windows muss sich normalerweise auf der ersten Festplatte befinden.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" +#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Messwerte</b> enthält gemessene Dateien mit PCR. Die Tabelle kann über die Schaltflächen <b>Hinzufügen</b>, \n" +#~ "<b>Bearbeiten</b> und <b>Löschen</b> geändert werden</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Verschiebeversuch zulassen</b></p>\n" +#~ "Wird für gewöhnlich im globalen Abschnitt festgelegt</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Schreibgeschütztes Einhängen des Root-Dateisystems erzwingen</b><br>\n" +#~ "Wird für gewöhnlich im globalen Abschnitt festgelegt</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Mit <b>Dump-Abschnitt</b> wird ein Abschnitt hinzugefügt, aus dem hervorgeht, wie ein\n" +#~ "System-Dump entweder auf einer DASD-Festplattenpartition oder auf einem Bandgerät oder in einer\n" +#~ "Datei in einer SCSI-Festplattenpartition erstellt wird.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" +#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Mit <b>Menüabschnitt</b> wird der Konfiguration ein neues Menü hinzugefügt.\n" +#~ "Bei Menüabschnitten handelt es sich um eine Liste mit verwandten Aufgaben.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Aktiviere SELinux</b> um die das SELinux-Sicherheits-Rahmenwerk benötigten kernel-boot-Parameter hinzuzufügen.\n" +#~ "Bitte beachten Sie, dass dies gleichzeitig AppAmor deaktiviert.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Image Section" +#~ msgstr "Abbild-Abschnitt" + +#~ msgid "&Kernel Image" +#~ msgstr "&Kernel-Image" + +#~ msgid "&Root Device" +#~ msgstr "&Root-Gerät" + +#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" +#~ msgstr "&Initial-RAM-Disk" + +#~ msgid "Chainloader Section" +#~ msgstr "Chainloader-Abschnitt" + +#~ msgid "Use Password Protection" +#~ msgstr "Passwortschutz verwenden" + +#~ msgid "&Other System" +#~ msgstr "&Anderes System" + +#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" +#~ msgstr "Dateis&ystem vor Booten nicht überprüfen" + +#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" +#~ msgstr "Diese P&artition bei Bootauswahl aktivieren" + +#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" +#~ msgstr "B&lock-Offset für Chainloading " + +#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" +#~ msgstr "A&bschnitt auf den ersten Datenträger der Gerätezuordnung abbilden" + +#~ msgid "&Hypervisor" +#~ msgstr "&Hypervisor" + +#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" +#~ msgstr "&Zusätzliche Xen-Hypervisor-Parameter" + +#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File" +#~ msgstr "&Partition der Menüdatei" + +#~ msgid "&Menu Description File" +#~ msgstr "&Menübeschreibungsdatei" + +#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" +#~ msgstr "&Schreibgeschütztes Einhängen des Root-Dateisystems erzwingen" + +#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" +#~ msgstr "Ve&rschiebeversuch zulassen" + +#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" +#~ msgstr "&Zielverzeichnis für Abschnitt" + +#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" +#~ msgstr "Op&tionale Parameterdatei" + +#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" +#~ msgstr "Dump-Abschnitt (veraltet)" + +#~ msgid "&Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "&Dump-Gerät" + +#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "&SCSI-Dump-Gerät" + +#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries" +#~ msgstr "&Liste der Menüeinträge" + +#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry" +#~ msgstr "&Nummer des Standardeintrags" + +#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds" +#~ msgstr "Zei&tablauf in Sekunden" + +#~ msgid "&Show boot menu" +#~ msgstr "Bootmenü &anzeigen" + +#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Abbild in B&oot-Partition kopieren" + +#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" +#~ msgstr "Ab&schnitt bei Fehlern taktvoll überspringen" + +#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" +#~ msgstr "&Partition eines anderen Systems starten" + +#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" +#~ msgstr "Abbild-Abschnitt muss angegebenes Kernel-Abbild haben" + +#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "Abbild-Datei existiert nicht. Wollen Sie sie wirklich benutzen?" + +#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "Initrd-Datei existiert nicht. Wollen Sie sie wirklich benutzen?" + +#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux" +#~ msgstr "Aktiviere &SELinux" + +#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" +#~ msgstr "Der Name enthält nicht erlaubte Zeichen" + +#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." +#~ msgstr "Während des Neustarts nach der Auflösung fragen." + +#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section" +#~ msgstr "Ausgewählten Abschnitt klonen" + +#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" +#~ msgstr "Anderes System (Chainloader)" + +#~ msgid "Section Type" +#~ msgstr "Typ des Abschnitts" + +#~ msgid "Section &Name" +#~ msgstr "&Name des Abschnitts" + +#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")" +#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")" + +#~ msgid " (\"/\")" +#~ msgstr " (\"/\")" + +#~ msgid " (default)" +#~ msgstr " (Standard)" + +#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1" +#~ msgstr "Abschnitte:<br>%1" + +#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader nicht installieren, nur Konfigurationsdateien erstellen" + +#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" +#~ msgstr "Vorschlagen und mit vorhandenen GRUB-Menüs &zusammenführen" + +#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "Partitionsanzahl > 3 wird für das Booten mit GPT-Partitionstabellen verwendet" + +# SLE12 +#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "YaST konnte die genaue Bootreihenfolge der erforderlichen Datenträger für die Gerätezuordnung nicht ermitteln. Prüfen Sie die Bootreihenfolge der Datenträger unter \"Details zur Bootloader-Installation\", und passen Sie sie ggf. an." + +#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +#~ msgstr "Hinzugefügte Kernel-Parameter: %1" + #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." #~ msgstr "Das Bootgerät ist auf einer iSCSI-Platte: %1. System wird evtl. nicht booten." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -101,173 +101,262 @@ msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Redundante IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "nodeid" -msgstr "Knoten-ID" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node IP" +msgid "Node ID" +msgstr "Knoten-IP" +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique." +msgid "Node ID must be unique" +msgstr "Die Hardware-Adresse muss eindeutig sein." + +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bind Network Address:" +msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "Netzwerkadresse zuweisen:" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hardware address must be defined." +msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "Die Hardware-Adresse muss angegeben werden." + +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +msgstr "Nach der Konfiguration der Karte Testsound spielen" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." +msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" +msgstr "Der Wert für pos muss eine positive Ganzzahl sein." + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "" + #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Netzwerkadresse zuweisen:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast-IP-Adresse:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast Port:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "redundanter Kanal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Name des Clusters:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Erwartete Stimmen:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "RRP-Modus:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Automatisch generierte Knoten-ID" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Mitgliedsadresse:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Redundant IP Address" +msgid "Redundant IP" +msgstr "Redundante IP-Adresse" + +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +msgid "" +" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" +" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." +msgstr "" + #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 +msgid "Number of threads must be integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 +msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Sichere Authentifizierung aktivieren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "Threads:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "Für ein neu erstelltes Cluster, bestätigen Sie den Button unten um /etc/corosync/authkey zu generieren." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "Um einem existierenden Cluster beizutreten, kopieren Sie bitte /etc/corosync/authkey manuell von anderen Cluster-Knoten." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Running" msgstr "Aktiv" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Läuft nicht..." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# CAVE: Es handelt sich hier um den Titel der Konfiguration, nicht um das Verb! #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Systemstart" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 -msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "AN -- pacemaker beim Systemstart starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Aus -- pacemaker nur manuell starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "An- und ausschalten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktueller Status: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "pacemaker jetzt starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "pacemaker jetzt stoppen" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Host synchronisieren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Del" msgstr "Löschen" # &B conflicts with &Beenden # 2001-09-20 14:01:52 CEST -ke- -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Datei synchronisieren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Dateien hinzufügen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Pre-Shared-Keys generieren (\"vorher vereinbarte Schlüssel\")" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2-Status unbekannt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "csync2 ANschalten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "csync2 AUSschalten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Geben Sie einen Hostnamen ein" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Hostnamen ändern" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "zu synchronisierenden Dateinamen eingeben" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Dateiname ändern" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -276,12 +365,12 @@ "Wollen Sie sie überschreiben?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Das Löschen der Schlüsseldatei %1 ist fehlgeschlagen." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -289,12 +378,12 @@ "Die Schlüsseldatei %1 wurde angelegt.\n" "Klicken auf den \"Vorgeschlagene Dateien hinzufügen\"-Knopf fügt sie zur Synchronisierungsliste hinzu." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Das Erstellen des Schlüssels schlug fehl." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" @@ -304,29 +393,45 @@ "YaST kann helfen einige grundlegende Aspekte von conntrackd zu konfigurieren.\n" "Sie müssen es mit der ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd starten." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Spezielle Schnittstelle:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Gruppen-Nummer:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf erstellen" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." +msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" +msgstr "Der Wert für pos muss eine positive Ganzzahl sein." + #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" @@ -342,10 +447,15 @@ "<p><b><big>Automatisch generierte Knoten-ID</big></b><br> Die Knoten-ID wird benötigt, wenn IPv6 verwendet wird. Eine aktivierte Auto Knoten-ID wird die Knoten-ID automatisch generieren.<br></p>\n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. <br></p>\n" msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>Diese Angabe steuert, wie viele Threads benutzt werden, um Multicast-Nachrichten zu verschlüsseln und senden. Wenn sichere Authentifizierung ausgeschaltet ist, wird nie mit mehreren Threads gesendet. Wenn sichere Authentifizierung angeschaltet ist, erlaubt diese Angabe, die Systeme so zu konfigurieren, dass mehrere Threads zum Verschlüsseln und Senden von Multicast-Nachrichten benutzt werden. Der Wert 0 bewirkt, dass nicht mit mehreren Threads gesendet wird. Diese Betriebsart verspricht die beste Leistung auf auf Systemen mit nur einem CPU-Kern. Der Vorgabewert ist 0. <br></p>\n" @@ -539,6 +649,9 @@ msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." +#~ msgid "nodeid" +#~ msgstr "Knoten-ID" + #~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." #~ msgstr "Drücken Sie den Knopf unten, um für einen neu angelegten Cluster /etc/corosync/authkey zu generieren." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 13:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -32,228 +32,320 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -# SLE12 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +#| "\t " msgid "" "\n" -"<p>\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -" " +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>\n" -"Die Installation wurde erfolgreich abgeschlossen.\n" -"Das System ist einsatzbereit.\n" -"Klicken Sie auf 'Fertig stellen', und melden Sie sich beim System an.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Besuchen Sie uns unter http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -" " +"<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>\n" +"<p>Die Installation von openSUSE auf Ihrem Computer ist komplett.\n" +"Nachdem Sie auf <b>Beenden</b> geklickt haben, können Sie sich im System anmelden.</p>\n" +"<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Wir wünschen Ihnen viel Vergnügen!<br>Ihr openSUSE-Entwicklungsteam</p>\n" +"\t" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 -msgid "CIM Server" -msgstr "CIM-Server" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"Die Desktopumgebung auf ihrem Computer stellt sowohl eine\n" +"grafische Benutzeroberfläche, sowie eine Vielfalt an Anwendungen für\n" +"E-Mail, Webbrowsing, Office-Arbeiten, Spiele und Werkzeuge um ihren PC\n" +"zu verwalten.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE bietet ihnen eine Auswahl an Desktopumgebungen. Die meist\n" +"verbreitetsten Desktopumgebungen sind GNOME und KDE, sie werden beide\n" +"gleichwertig von openSUSE unterstützt. Beide sind einfach zu benutzen, hoch\n" +"integriert und haben ein attraktives Aussehen. Jede Desktopumgebung hat einen\n" +"eigenen Stil, ihr persönlicher Geschmack entscheidet also, welche für Sie\n" +"die passendere ist." -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "GNOME-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgstr "KDE-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgstr "XFCE-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "LXDE-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "Minimales grafisches System (X Window)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Überblick" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 -msgid "Expert" -msgstr "Experten" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live-Installationseinstellungen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Aktualisierungs-Einstellungen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netzwerk-Konfiguration" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkdienste" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Vorbereitung" # SLE12 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden" # SLE12 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkeinrichtung" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Willkommen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Netzwerkaktivierung" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Systemanalyse" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Zusatzprodukte" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zeitzone" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Online-Repositories" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Zusatzprodukte" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Desktop auswählen" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" -# #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# shortened; cf. #46275 -ke- -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Zusammenfassung" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "Installationsübersicht" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Installation durchführen" # FIXME "System zum Aktualisieren"? -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System für Aktualisierung" # #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# Use "Update" here; cf. #29964 # 2003-09-10 18:45:06 CEST -ke- -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 msgid "Update" msgstr "Aktualisierung" -# #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# shortened; cf. #46275 -ke- -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -msgid "Update Summary" -msgstr "Zusammenfassung" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Aktualisierung ausführen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-Einstellungen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systemkonfiguration" +# SLE12 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Die Installation wurde erfolgreich abgeschlossen.\n" +#~ "Das System ist einsatzbereit.\n" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf 'Fertig stellen', und melden Sie sich beim System an.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Besuchen Sie uns unter http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ " " + +#~ msgid "CIM Server" +#~ msgstr "CIM-Server" + +#~ msgid "Overview" +#~ msgstr "Überblick" + +#~ msgid "Expert" +#~ msgstr "Experten" + +#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkdienste" + +# #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# shortened; cf. #46275 -ke- +#~ msgid "Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "Zusammenfassung" + +# #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# shortened; cf. #46275 -ke- +#~ msgid "Update Summary" +#~ msgstr "Zusammenfassung" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Zusatzproduktinstallation" @@ -295,12 +387,6 @@ #~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." #~ msgstr "Konfiguration wird abgeschlossen ..." -#~ msgid "User Settings" -#~ msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" - -#~ msgid "Installation Overview" -#~ msgstr "Installationsübersicht" - #~ msgid "Repair" #~ msgstr "Reparieren" @@ -395,81 +481,12 @@ #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" #~ msgstr "KVM-Virtualisierungs-Host (LocalX11 nicht standardmäßig konfiguriert)" -#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" -#~ msgstr "Desktop auswählen" - #~ msgid "Root Password" #~ msgstr "Root-Passwort" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" -#~ "\t " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>Die Installation von openSUSE auf Ihrem Computer ist komplett.\n" -#~ "Nachdem Sie auf <b>Beenden</b> geklickt haben, können Sie sich im System anmelden.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Wir wünschen Ihnen viel Vergnügen!<br>Ihr openSUSE-Entwicklungsteam</p>\n" -#~ "\t" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -#~ "manage your computer.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Desktopumgebung auf ihrem Computer stellt sowohl eine\n" -#~ "grafische Benutzeroberfläche, sowie eine Vielfalt an Anwendungen für\n" -#~ "E-Mail, Webbrowsing, Office-Arbeiten, Spiele und Werkzeuge um ihren PC\n" -#~ "zu verwalten.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "openSUSE bietet ihnen eine Auswahl an Desktopumgebungen. Die meist\n" -#~ "verbreitetsten Desktopumgebungen sind GNOME und KDE, sie werden beide\n" -#~ "gleichwertig von openSUSE unterstützt. Beide sind einfach zu benutzen, hoch\n" -#~ "integriert und haben ein attraktives Aussehen. Jede Desktopumgebung hat einen\n" -#~ "eigenen Stil, ihr persönlicher Geschmack entscheidet also, welche für Sie\n" -#~ "die passendere ist." - -#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" -#~ msgstr "GNOME-Desktop" - -#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" -#~ msgstr "KDE-Desktop" - -#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" -#~ msgstr "XFCE-Desktop" - -#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" -#~ msgstr "LXDE-Desktop" - -#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" -#~ msgstr "Minimales grafisches System (X Window)" - -#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -#~ msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop" - -#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -#~ msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)" - -#~ msgid "Online Repositories" -#~ msgstr "Online-Repositories" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" #~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" #~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -27,91 +27,206 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Konfiguration von Crowbar" +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repository Name" +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "&Repository-Name" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "URL" + +# error box title +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I/O Error" +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "Ein-/Ausgabefehler" + +#. help text +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:71 -msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" -msgstr "Passwort für den Crowbar-Administrator" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository URL" +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "Repository-URL" +# error box title +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I/O Error" +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "Ein-/Ausgabefehler" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Administrator DN" +msgid "Administrator Name" +msgstr "Administrator-DN" + #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:75 -msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>" +msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie das Passwort für den Crowbar-Administrator ein.</p>" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:97 -msgid "Repeat the Password" -msgstr "Wiederholen Sie das Passwort" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Model" +msgid "&Mode" +msgstr "&Modell" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:104 -msgid "Mode" -msgstr "Modus" +#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" +msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:113 -msgid "Bonding Policy" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bonding Policy" +msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "Bonding Policy" +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for conduit if list +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" +"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" +"Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:139 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 msgid "Network" msgstr "Netzwerk" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:140 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "Subnetz-Adresse" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:141 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Netzwerkmaske" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:159 -msgid "Use VLAN" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use VLAN" +msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "VLAN benutzen" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:169 -msgid "VLAN ID" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VLAN ID" +msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "VLAN ID" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:179 -msgid "Router" -msgstr "Router" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +msgid "Rou&ter" +msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -msgid "Subnet" -msgstr "Subnetz" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgid "Router pre&ference" +msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden wiederhergestellt ..." #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 -msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "Netzmaske" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +msgid "&Subnet" +msgstr "&Subnetz" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:246 -msgid "Broadcast" +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +msgid "Net&mask" +msgstr "Netz&maske" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broadcast" +msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "Broadcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 -msgid "Add Bridge" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Bridge" +msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "Bridge hinzufügen" # &B conflicts with &Beenden # 2001-09-18 18:24:45 CEST -ke- -#. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 -msgid "&Edit Ranges..." +#. push button label& +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..." +msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "B&ereiche bearbeiten ..." +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond Network" +msgid "Add &Bastion Network" +msgstr "Bond-Netzwerk" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +msgid "&IP Address" +msgstr "&IP-Adresse" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "Benutzername" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "Passwort" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +msgid "Repeat the Password" +msgstr "Wiederholen Sie das Passwort" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -119,13 +234,33 @@ "Die Passwörter stimmen nicht überein.\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut." +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"User '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"Der Konfigurationsname %1 existiert bereits. \n" +"Wählen Sie einen anderen." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" +msgstr "Die angegebene URL ist nicht gültig." + #. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:426 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktiviert" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -134,7 +269,8 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:540 +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -143,7 +279,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -152,12 +288,19 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:564 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Die Router-Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'." +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgstr "Die Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'." + #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -166,48 +309,77 @@ "Passen Sie diese über die Schaltfläche 'Bereiche bearbeiten' an." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:687 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Min. IP-Adresse" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Max. IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:761 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Die Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'." # #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.de.po (dhcp-server.de) #-#-#-#-# # sounds strange #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:777 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Die niedrigste Adresse muss niedriger als die höchste sein" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:810 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Die Bereiche '%1' und '%2' überlappen sich." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:841 -msgid "Administration Settings" -msgstr "Administrationseinstellungen" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Settings" +msgid "&User Settings" +msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" + #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:851 -msgid "Network Mode" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Mode" +msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Netzwerkmodus" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond Network" +msgid "Bastion Network" +msgstr "Bond-Netzwerk" + #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 -msgid "Networks" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networks" +msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Netzwerke" +#. tab header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repositories" +msgid "Re&positories" +msgstr "Repositories" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "" + #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:925 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 msgid "" "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -220,7 +392,7 @@ "Sie können die Crowbar-Webschnittstelle unter http://%1:3000/ aufsuchen" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Überblick über die Konfiguration von Crowbar" @@ -275,41 +447,59 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Initialisierung der Crowbar-Konfiguration" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:125 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Einlesen der Konfiguration" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:129 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration wird eingelesen..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:131 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:183 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Crowbar-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:198 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." +#~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" +#~ msgstr "Passwort für den Crowbar-Administrator" + +#~ msgid "Mode" +#~ msgstr "Modus" + +#~ msgid "Router" +#~ msgstr "Router" + +#~ msgid "Subnet" +#~ msgstr "Subnetz" + +#~ msgid "Netmask" +#~ msgstr "Netzmaske" + +#~ msgid "Administration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Administrationseinstellungen" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The passwords do not match.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -250,12 +250,22 @@ "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" "\t\t" @@ -467,7 +477,11 @@ msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Node-Namen müssen unterschiedlich sein." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Bitte alle Felder ausfüllen." @@ -611,7 +625,7 @@ msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gelesen ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" @@ -641,33 +655,35 @@ msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-Konfiguration wird geschrieben" -#. if (!modified) return true; +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Ressourcen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-Status setzen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Ressourcen werden geschrieben ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gesetzt ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Erstellung des Verzeichnisses /etc/drbd.d fehlgeschlagen" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 15:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -820,8 +820,8 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:498 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:507 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 msgid "FTP is running" msgstr "FTP läuft." @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ #. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" #. check value of textentry #. only pure-ftpd -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:619 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 msgid "Not a valid umask." msgstr "Umask ist ungültig." @@ -1782,21 +1782,21 @@ #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:781 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:819 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 msgid "Select directory" msgstr "Verzeichnis wählen" #. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1055 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "Verzeichnis \"upload\" in %1 erstellen\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1060 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "und Schreibzugriff aktivieren?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1062 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1806,15 +1806,15 @@ " müssen Sie für diese Benutzer ein Verzeichnis mit Schreibzugriff erstellen.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1090 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1116 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1139 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." msgstr " ist das Home-Verzeichnis für anonyme Benutzer, nachdem diese sich angemeldet haben." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1080 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 msgid "" "Do you want to change permissions\n" "for\n" @@ -1822,12 +1822,12 @@ "Sollen die Berechtigungen geändert werden\n" "für\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1083 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1130 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" msgstr "Hochladen (Schreibzugriff)?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1085 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" @@ -1835,15 +1835,15 @@ "Um anonymen Benutzern das Hochladen zu erlauben, brauchen Sie ein Verzeichnis mit Schreibzugriff.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "Möchten Sie ein Verzeichnis erstellen?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1107 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 msgid "Upload with write access?" msgstr "Hochladen mit Schreibzugriff?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1109 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ " müssen Sie ein Verzeichnis mit Schreibzugriff anlegen.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1132 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1871,15 +1871,15 @@ #. check permissions for upload dir #. #. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1219 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1286 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1306 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "Sollen die Berechtigungen von %1 geändert werden?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 msgid "" "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." @@ -1887,136 +1887,136 @@ "Wenn Sie anonymen Benutzern das Hochladen erlauben,\n" "benötigen Sie für diese Benutzer ein Verzeichnis mit Schreibzugriff." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" msgstr "Bei anonymen Verbindungen sollte das Home-Verzeichnis des anonymen Benutzers nicht über Schreibzugriff verfügen.\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." msgstr "Bei anonymen Verbindungen sollte das Home-Verzeichnis des anonymen Benutzers nicht über Schreibzugriff verfügen." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1453 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "Bedingung für Ports ist Maximaler Port > Minimaler Port." #. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1633 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 msgid "DSA certificate is missing." msgstr "DSA-Zertifikat fehlt." #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1660 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Datei wählen" #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." msgstr "Das für die SSL-Verbindung erforderliche Zertifikat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> fehlt." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "Begrüßungstext" #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:893 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "FTP-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" #. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:904 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "Sie haben beide Daemons installiert:" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:906 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "Wählen Sie einen davon für die Konfiguration aus." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:908 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "Wollen Sie vsftpd konfigurieren? (Falls nein, dann wählen Sie pure-ftpd.)" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." msgstr "Sie haben beide Daemons installiert. Hierfür müssen Sie die Konfiguration im interaktiven Modus starten." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "Einstellungen aus der Konfigurationsdatei werden gelesen" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:937 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorherige Einstellungen einlesen" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:941 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden gelesen..." #. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:951 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "Aktuelle Einstellungen können nicht gelesen werden." #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:968 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "FTP-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "Einstellungen in die Konfigurationsdatei schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:980 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "Einstellungen zum Starten des Daemons schreiben" #. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:984 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "Einstellungen für xinetd können nicht geschrieben werden!" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "Upload-Verzeichnis für anonyme Verbindungen kann nicht erstellt werden." #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP-Daemon ist nicht konfiguriert.</i></ul></p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP-Daemon" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP-Daemon %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1171 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Diese Optionen werden konfiguriert." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -37,16 +37,47 @@ #. GeoCluster summary dialog caption #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "GeoCluster-Konfiguration" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 -msgid "GeoCluster Overview" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Overview" +msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "GeoCluster-Überblick" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -78,223 +109,207 @@ msgid "configuration file" msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "arbitrator ip" -msgstr "Vermittler-IP" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "Transport" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -msgid "site" -msgstr "Ort" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "arbitrator ip" +msgid "arbitrator" +msgstr "Vermittler-IP" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "site" +msgstr "Ort" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "ticket" msgstr "Ticket" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Abbrechen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 -msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Bitte eine gültige IP-Adresse eingeben" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Ticket und Timeout bestätigen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "timeout" msgstr "Timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "retries" msgstr "Wiederholungen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "weights" msgstr "Gewichtungen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "expire" msgstr "Ablauf" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "Before-Acquire-Handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 -msgid "timeout is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "Timeout ist nicht gültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 -msgid "expire is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "expire is no valid" +msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "Ablauf ist nicht gültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 -msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafter ist nicht gültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 -msgid "retries is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "retries is no valid" +msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "Wiederholungen ist nicht gültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "Werte für Wiederholungen unter 3 ist illegal" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 -msgid "weights is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "weights is no valid" +msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "Gewichtungen ist nicht gültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 -msgid "ticket can not be null" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "Ticket kann nicht leer sein" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 -msgid "site have to be filled" -msgstr "Ort muss ausgefüllt sein" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Firewall-Konfigurationen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 -msgid "ticket have to be filled" -msgstr "Ticket muss ausgefüllt sein" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 -msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" -msgstr "Vermittler-IP-Adresse ist ungültig!" - -#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 -msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" -msgstr "Firewall des Geo-Clusters (geo-cluster) konfigurieren" - #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 -msgid "Geo Cluster configure" -msgstr "Geo-Cluster konfigurieren" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" +msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "Eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem Ort eingeben" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit IP address of your site" +msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "IP-Adresse von Ihrem Ort bearbeiten" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem Ort eingeben" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "IP-Adresse von Ihrem Ort bearbeiten" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Name des Tickets existiert bereits!" #. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 -msgid "Configuration name can not be null" -msgstr "Konfigurationsname kann nicht leer sein" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." +msgstr "Der 'Name für die Konfiguration darf nicht leer sein." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Konfigurationsname kann nicht doppelt sein." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "Port ist ungültig!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "Transport muss ausgefüllt sein!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" +msgstr "Transport muss ausgefüllt sein!" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "Ort muss ausgefüllt sein!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "Ticket muss ausgefüllt sein!" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Auswahl der GeoCluster-Konfiguration" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei auswählen:" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" -msgstr "GeoCluster-Konfigurationen" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Firewall-Konfigurationen" - #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -317,10 +332,16 @@ msgstr "Es können keine globalen Ticket-Einstellungen geschrieben werden." #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 -msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Die Geo-Cluster-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "SuSEFirewall-Einstellungen lesen" + #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside @@ -330,10 +351,6 @@ msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Die vorhandenen Einstellungen lesen" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "SuSEFirewall-Einstellungen lesen" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 @@ -346,12 +363,11 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 -msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Speichern der Geo-Cluster-Konfiguration" #. Progress stage 1/2 @@ -386,6 +402,11 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Übersicht der Konfiguration..." +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Die Geo-Cluster-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" + #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" @@ -418,6 +439,11 @@ msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Es können keine Schnittstellen erkannt werden." +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Speichern der Geo-Cluster-Konfiguration" + #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" @@ -431,3 +457,24 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Übersicht der Konfiguration ..." + +#~ msgid "site have to be filled" +#~ msgstr "Ort muss ausgefüllt sein" + +#~ msgid "ticket have to be filled" +#~ msgstr "Ticket muss ausgefüllt sein" + +#~ msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +#~ msgstr "Vermittler-IP-Adresse ist ungültig!" + +#~ msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" +#~ msgstr "Firewall des Geo-Clusters (geo-cluster) konfigurieren" + +#~ msgid "Geo Cluster configure" +#~ msgstr "Geo-Cluster konfigurieren" + +#~ msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsname kann nicht leer sein" + +#~ msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +#~ msgstr "GeoCluster-Konfigurationen" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 11:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "Die Option 'id' kann nicht mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Dienst" @@ -140,15 +140,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Warten" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Benutzer" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" @@ -163,12 +163,12 @@ msgstr "Aus" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" @@ -184,127 +184,127 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "Paket %1 wird während des Schreibvorgangs installiert." #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "Paket %1 wurde nicht installiert. Der Dienst kann nicht bearbeitet werden." #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "Paket %1 wurde erfolgreich installiert." #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "Alle Dienste &aktivieren" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "Alle Dienste &deaktivieren" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "&Deaktivieren" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "&Aktivieren" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Aktuell verfügbare Dienste" #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Geändert" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Typ " -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Server / Argumente" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Hinzufügen" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Bearbeiten" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Löschen" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "Status &wechseln ('An' oder 'Aus')" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Status für alle &Dienste" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkdienste (xinetd)" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Einen neuen Dienst-Eintrag hinzufügen" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "Der Dienst kann nicht gelöscht werden. Er ist nicht installiert." #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Um einen Dienst zu löschen, müssen Sie diesen im Hauptdialog markieren." #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "Um einen Dienst ein- oder auszuschalten, müssen Sie diesen im Hauptdialog markieren." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Einen Diensteintrag bearbeiten" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Um einen Dienst zu bearbeiten, müssen Sie diesen im Hauptdialog markieren." #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -313,54 +313,54 @@ "Der Internet-Superserver wird deaktiviert." #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Dienst" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC-Versio&n" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "Dienst ist &aktiv" #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Socket-T&yp" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Warten" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Benutzer" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Gruppe" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&erver" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Server-Argumen&te" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "An&merkung" @@ -374,14 +374,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "-Standard-" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -390,12 +390,12 @@ "Geben Sie gültige Werte ein.\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "Der Dienstname enthält das nicht erlaubte Zeichen \"/\"." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "Der Benutzer %1 ist nur für interne Serverprozessse reserviert." @@ -678,58 +678,58 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "Initialisierung der inetd-Konfiguration" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Einlesen der Konfiguration" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration wird eingelesen ..." #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "Speichern der inetd-Konfiguration" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>Alle Dienste sind auf 'gestoppt' gesetzt</i></ul></p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Netzwerkdienste" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Netzwerkdienste werden über %1 verwaltet" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Diese Dienste werden aktiviert" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-13 14:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -77,25 +77,25 @@ msgstr "Medium wechseln" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Legen Sie CD %1 ein und drücken Sie auf 'Fortfahren'." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Wählen Sie ISO-Abbild %1 und drücken Sie 'Fortfahren'." #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Legen Sie CD %1 von %2 ein." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Wählen Sie ISO-Abbild %1 von %2." #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -104,12 +104,12 @@ "einlegen" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "%1 auswählen" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -122,63 +122,63 @@ "Wählen Sie zunächst das Medium für das Basisprodukt aus." #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Kopieren der CD-Inhalte in lokales Verzeichnis" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Dies kann eine Weile dauern ..." #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Fehler beim Verschieben des Repository-Inhalts." #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Repository-Konfiguration" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "&CD- oder DVD-Medium lesen" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "Daten&quelle" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "&ISO-Abbilder verwenden" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "&Verzeichnis mit CD-Abbildern:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "&Verzeichnis wählen" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Verzeichnis wählen" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "Kein Name für den Installationsserver vorhanden" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ "Die CDs werden nicht kopiert." #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -196,20 +196,20 @@ "Paket-CD usw.) hinzugefügt werden?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "&Name des Repositories:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "Mit SLP als Installationsdienst &bekannt geben" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Ungültiger Repository-Name" #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ "geben Sie einen anderen Namen ein." #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ "schreibbar ist und versuchen Sie es erneut.\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -246,87 +246,87 @@ "Soll der alte Inhalt wirklich gelöscht und vollständig neu erstellt werden?" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Anfangskonfiguration -- Anfangskonfiguration" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "Keine Netz&werkdienste konfigurieren." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Ver&zeichnis für Repositorys:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "Als HTTP-Repository &konfigurieren" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "Als FTP-Repository &konfigurieren" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "Als NFS-Repository &konfigurieren" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "Kein Verzeichnispfad für den Installationsserver vorhanden" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Installationsserver -- NFS" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Rechner-Wildcard" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Optionen" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Fehler beim Konfigurieren von NFS" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Installationsserver -- FTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Übergeordnetes Verzeichnis des &FTP-Servers:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "&Verzeichnis-Alias:" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Fehler beim Konfigurieren von FTP." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Installationsserver -- HTTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "&Verzeichnis-Alias" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen der HTTPD-Konfiguration." @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ "drücken entsprechend <b>Bearbeiten</b> oder <b>Löschen</b>.</p>\n" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -692,73 +692,73 @@ "NFS-Exporte unverändert lassen?\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration initialisieren" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei lesen" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Neues Repository suchen" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei wird gelesen ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Neues Repository wird gesucht ..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Die aktuellen Einstellungen können nicht gelesen werden." #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration des Installationsservers" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig ausführen" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig wird ausgeführt ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurierte Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-21 21:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -52,24 +52,24 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Ziele" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "Ziel" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Kennung" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Portal-Gruppe" @@ -82,172 +82,178 @@ msgstr "Port-Nummer" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bad list of IP addresses." +msgid "Bind all IP addresses" +msgstr "Ungültige Liste von IP-Adressen" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "Authentifizierung benutzen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "Pfad" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:323 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" # &B conflicts with &Beenden # 2001-09-20 14:01:52 CEST -ke- -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:324 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Lun Mapping" msgstr "LUN-Zuordnung" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Authentifizierung" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "LUN bearbeiten" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "&Authentifizierung bearbeiten" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopieren" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Keine Authentifizierung" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Eingehende Authentifizierung" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 msgid "Username" msgstr "Benutzername" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Ausgehende Authentifizierung" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Beim &Systemstart" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:276 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuell" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Beim Systemstart" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Key" msgstr "Schlüssel" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Überblick über das iSCSI-LIO-Ziel" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-Ziel</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel hinzufügen" #. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel-Client-Einstellungen bearbeiten" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel-LUN-Einstellungen bearbeiten" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Experteneinstellungen für iSCSI-Ziel" @@ -553,119 +559,118 @@ msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Sie müssen mindestens einen Authentifikationsmethode aktivieren." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:620 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 msgid "Client name:" msgstr "Client-Name:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:623 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "LUNs aus der TPG importieren" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:639 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "Es muss ein Client-Name angegeben werden!" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "Der Client-Name existiert bereits!" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "Neuer Client-Name:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Verwerfen" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1292 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Soll das ausgewählte Objekt wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem beim Anlegen des Ziels %1 mit der TPG %2 auf" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Setzen des Netzwerk-Portals auf %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem beim Entfernen von LUN %1 auf" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Setzen von LUN %1 (Name:%2) auf den Pfad %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Setzen der Authentifizierung von %1:%2 auf %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Das Ziel darf nicht leer sein." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1206 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Die Ziel-Portal-Gruppe darf nicht leer sein." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Das Ziel ist bereits vorhanden." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Eingehend" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Ausgehend" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1242 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 msgid "None" msgstr "Kein" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1265 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1368 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1405 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktiviert" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1457 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Entfernen der LUN %4 für den Client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1472 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Hinzufügen der LUN %4:%5 für den Client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Entfernen des Clients %3 aus %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1517 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Anlegen des Clients %3 für %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1553 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Ändern der Authentifizierung für Client %3 in %1:%2" @@ -680,11 +685,11 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Die LIO-Konfiguration kann nicht gespeichert werden" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Die TCM-Konfiguration kann nicht gespeichert werden" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/isns.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -60,106 +60,79 @@ msgstr "Dienst" #. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:57 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "iSCSI-Knoten" # #-#-#-#-# isns.de.po (YaST (@memory@)) #-#-#-#-# In deutscher Dokumentation wird von Discovery-Domains gesprochen. #. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "Discovery-Domains" -#. fourth tab - discovery domain sets -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:211 -msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" -msgstr "Sätze von Discovery-Domains" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Beim &Systemstart" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuell" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Beim Systemstart" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Address of iSNS Server" -msgstr "Adresse des iSNS-Servers" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "iSCSI-Knotenname" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "Knotentyp" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:32 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "Name der Discovery-Domain" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "Discovery-Domain erstellen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "Mitglieder der Discovery-Domain" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "Bestehenden iSCSI-Knoten hinzufügen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "Mitglied eines iSCSI-Knotens erstellen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:194 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Entfernen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:217 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" -msgstr "Satzname der Discovery-Domain" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:223 -msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" -msgstr "Satz von Discovery-Domains erstellen" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:242 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" -msgstr "Mitglieder eines Satzes von Discovery-Domains" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:253 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:252 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain" -msgstr "Discovery-Domain hinzufügen" - #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "iSNS-Dienst" #. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:289 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSNS-Dienst</h1>" @@ -213,89 +186,70 @@ "Konfiguration eines iSNS-Servers.<br></p>\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "<b><big>Standort des iSNS-Servers</big></b><br>Der DNS-Name oder die IP-Adresse des iSNS-Dienstes kann als iSNS-Adresse eingegeben werden.\n" - -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" msgstr "<p>Es wird die Liste aller verfügbaren iSCSI-Knoten, die mit dem iSNS-Dienst registriert wurden, angezeigt.</p><p>Knoten werden als iSCSI-Initiatoren und -Ziele registriert.</p><p>Sie können nur <b>gelöscht</b> werden. Das Löschen eines Knotens entfernt ihn aus der iSNS-Datenbank.</p>" #. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" msgstr "Eine Liste mit allen Discovery-Domains wird angezeigt. Es ist möglich Discovery-Domains zu <p>Erstellen</p> und zu <p>Löschen</p>.<p>Wenn eine Domain gelöscht wird, werden die Mitglieder aus der Domain entfernt, die Mitglieder eines iSCSI-Knotens werden aber nicht gelöscht.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " msgstr "Eine Liste mit allen iSCSI-Knoten wird über die Discovery-Domain angezeigt. Durch Auswahl einer anderen Discovery-Domain wird deren Mitgliederliste aktualisiert. Man kann einen iSCSI-Knoten zu einer Discovery-Domain <b>Hinzufügen</b> oder den Knoten <b>Löschen</b>.<p>Die Löschung eines Knotens entfernt ihn aus der Domain, löscht aber nicht den iSCSI-Knoten.</p><p>Die Erstellung eines iSCSI-Knotens erlaubt das Hinzufügen eines noch nicht registrierten Knotens als Mitglied der Discovery-Domain. Wenn der Initiator oder das Ziel diesen Knoten registriert, dann wird er Teil dieser Domain.</p><p>Wenn ein iSCSI-Initiator einen Discovery-Anfrage stellt, dann gibt der iSNS-Dienst alle iSCSI-Knotenziele, die Mitglieder der gleichen Discovery-Domains sind wieder.</p>" #. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" msgstr "Ganz oben wird eine Liste mit allen Sätzen von Discover-Domains angezeigt. Discovery-Domains gehören zu Sätzen von Discovery-Domains.<p>Eine Discovery-Domain muss ein Mitglied eines Satzes von Discovery-Domains sein, um aktiv zu sein.</p> Eine iSNS-Datenbank enthält Sätze von Discovery-Domains, diese enthalten Discovery-Domains und diese wiederum Mitglieder von iSCSI-Knoten.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Liste mit den Mitgliedern eines Satzes von Discovery-Domains wird immer dann aktualisiert, wenn ein anderer Satz von Discovery-Domains ausgewählt wird.</p>" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Neue Discovery-Domain erstellen" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 -msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Satz von Discovery-Domains, zu dem die Discovery-Domain hinzugefügt werden soll." - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 -msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" -msgstr "Name eines Satzes von Discovery-Domains" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:200 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Der Discovery-Domain einen iSCSI-Knoten hinzufügen" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "Verfügbare Knoten zum Hinzufügen" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:210 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "Knoten hinzufügen" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:211 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:253 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "Fertig" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:245 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" -msgstr "Die Discovery-Domain dem Satz hinzufügen" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:248 -msgid "Available Discovery Domains" -msgstr "Verfügbare Discovery-Domains" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:297 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:320 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "Ziel oder Initiator" -#. IsnsServer::addDD(address, add_map["VALUE"]:""); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:506 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:586 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Dieses ausgewählte Objekt wirklich löschen?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Diese Domain wirklich löschen?" #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 -msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." +msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." msgstr "Keine Verbindung zum iSNS-Server möglich. Prüfen Sie die Adresse des iSNS-Servers." #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -309,85 +263,93 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Zum Konfigurieren des iSNS-Dienstes muss das Paket <b>%1</b> installiert sein.</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Wollen Sie es nun installieren?</p>" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des iSNS-Daemon wird initialisiert" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 -msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Datenbank einlesen" +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +msgid "Saving isns Configuration" +msgstr "iSNS-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 -msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Vorherige Einstellungen einlesen" +#~ msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" +#~ msgstr "Sätze von Discovery-Domains" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 -msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "Geräteerkennung" +#~ msgid "Address of iSNS Server" +#~ msgstr "Adresse des iSNS-Servers" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Datenbank wird eingelesen ..." +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" +#~ msgstr "Satzname der Discovery-Domain" -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 -msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Vorherige Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." +#~ msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" +#~ msgstr "Satz von Discovery-Domains erstellen" -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 -msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "Geräteerkennung läuft ..." +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" +#~ msgstr "Mitglieder eines Satzes von Discovery-Domains" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Fertig" +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain" +#~ msgstr "Discovery-Domain hinzufügen" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 -msgid "Saving isns Configuration" -msgstr "iSNS-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" +#~ msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +#~ msgstr "<b><big>Standort des iSNS-Servers</big></b><br>Der DNS-Name oder die IP-Adresse des iSNS-Dienstes kann als iSNS-Adresse eingegeben werden.\n" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 -msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" +#~ msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." +#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Satz von Discovery-Domains, zu dem die Discovery-Domain hinzugefügt werden soll." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 -msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "SuSEconfig ausführen" +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" +#~ msgstr "Name eines Satzes von Discovery-Domains" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" +#~ msgstr "Die Discovery-Domain dem Satz hinzufügen" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 -msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "SuSEconfig wird ausgeführt ..." +#~ msgid "Available Discovery Domains" +#~ msgstr "Verfügbare Discovery-Domains" -#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 -msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." +#~ msgid "Read the database" +#~ msgstr "Datenbank einlesen" +#~ msgid "Read the previous settings" +#~ msgstr "Vorherige Einstellungen einlesen" + +#~ msgid "Detect the devices" +#~ msgstr "Geräteerkennung" + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Datenbank wird eingelesen ..." + +#~ msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +#~ msgstr "Vorherige Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." + +#~ msgid "Detecting the devices..." +#~ msgstr "Geräteerkennung läuft ..." + +#~ msgid "Finished" +#~ msgstr "Fertig" + +#~ msgid "Write the settings" +#~ msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig ausführen" + +#~ msgid "Writing the settings..." +#~ msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig wird ausgeführt ..." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write settings." +#~ msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-20 19:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -186,8 +186,17 @@ "existiert nicht im LDAP-Verzeichnis.\n" "Das Objekt mit dem ausgewählten DN kann nicht erstellt werden.\n" +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +msgid "" +"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" +"Es ist ein Objekt mit dem ausgewählten DN vorhanden, es handelt sich jedoch nicht um ein Vorlagenobjekt.\n" +"Treffen Sie eine andere Auswahl.\n" + #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1634 +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-14 11:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -371,6 +371,18 @@ msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "&fetchmail starten" +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[manually set]" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "[Manuell festgelegt]" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "FTP daemon" +msgid "daemon" +msgstr "FTP-Daemon" + #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 msgid "&Downloading" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-10 11:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 16:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ "Brechen Sie den Speichervorgang mit <b>Abbrechen</b> ab.</p>\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" @@ -2188,7 +2188,9 @@ "Schnittstellen über ein Desktop-Applet verwalten zu lassen. Eignet sich für den\n" "Wechsel zwischen verkabelten und drahtlosen Netzwerken</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:57 +#. Network setup method help +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" @@ -2196,21 +2198,8 @@ "<p>Verwenden Sie <b>wicked</b>, wenn Sie keine Desktop-Umgebung starten\n" "oder mehrere Schnittstellen gleichzeitig benutzen müssen.</p>\n" -#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:62 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" -"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" -"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" -"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> ist nicht in jedem Basis-\n" -"installations-Repository enthalten. Um ihn z.B. in SUSE\n" -"Linux Enterprise Server zu aktivieren fügen Sie das Workstation Extension\n" -"-Repository hinzu und installieren das 'NetworkManager'-Paket.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 -msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration.<br></p>\n" @@ -2219,7 +2208,7 @@ "Hier erhalten Sie einen Überblick über bereits installierte Netzwerkkarten.\n" "Außerdem können Sie deren Konfiguration bearbeiten.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" @@ -2228,7 +2217,7 @@ "Mithilfe der Schaltfläche <B>Hinzufügen</B> können Sie eine\n" "neue Netzwerkkarte manuell konfigurieren.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2239,7 +2228,7 @@ "Klicken Sie dann auf die entsprechende Schaltfläche: <b>Bearbeiten</b> oder <b>Löschen</b>.</p>\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2255,12 +2244,12 @@ "Kernel-Modul für IPv6 ausgeschlossen. Ohne IPv6-Protokoll\n" "verbessert sich in der Regel die Reaktionszeit.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alle Änderungen werden nach dem Neustart wirksam.</p>" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:94 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2275,7 +2264,7 @@ "wird dieser anstelle der Standardroute verwendet. Durch die Angabe\n" "einer Standardroute wird lediglich die Anweisung \"alles andere sollte hierüber verschickt werden\" gegeben.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2285,7 +2274,7 @@ "Wählen Sie auch das Gerät, durch das der Datenverkehr für das definierte Netzwerk geleitet wird.\"-\" ist ein Alias für jede beliebige Schnittstelle.</p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2293,7 +2282,7 @@ "<p>Aktivieren <b> der IPv4-Weitereitung</b> (Weiterleitung von Paketen von externen Netzwerken\n" "zum internen Netzwerk), wenn dieses System ein Router ist.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2305,7 +2294,7 @@ "<b>Warnung:</b> Die IPv6-Weiterleitung deaktiviert die IPv6\n" "Stateless Address Autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" @@ -2315,7 +2304,7 @@ "Sie sollten Masquerading und/oder mindestens eine Weiterleitungsregel in der Firewall aktivieren.\n" "Sie können dafür das YaST-Firewall-Modul verwenden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:122 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2329,7 +2318,7 @@ "Deswegen deaktivieren Sie die Option, wenn Sie sich zu verschiedenen Netzwerken\n" "verbinden, die verschiedene Hostnamen zuweisen.</p> " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2344,7 +2333,7 @@ "Fällen sollten Sie mit dieser Option vorsichtig sein, insbesondere wenn\n" "dieser Rechner Netzwerkdienste anbietet.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" @@ -2353,7 +2342,7 @@ "Hostnamen ein. Normalerweise können diese durch DHCP abgerufen werden.</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2364,7 +2353,7 @@ " (z.B. 192.168.0.42) und nicht als Hostname angegeben werden.</b>\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2376,7 +2365,7 @@ "Domänennamen Ihres Computers (z. B. suse.de). Zusätzliche Suchdomänen\n" " (z. B. suse.com) sind möglich. Trennen Sie Domänen durch Kommas oder Leerzeichen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2388,7 +2377,7 @@ "wenn es sich bei dem Computer um einen Mailserver handelt. Den Hostnamen \n" "des Computers können Sie mit dem Kommando <i>hostname</i> anzeigen.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:158 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2404,7 +2393,7 @@ "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung der Option <b>Standardrichtlinie verwenden</b>.\n" "Sie ist für die meisten Konfigurationen geeignet.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:166 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2424,7 +2413,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" @@ -2433,12 +2422,12 @@ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Keine Adress-Einrichtung</b> wenn Sie keine IP Adresse für dieses Gerät wünschen.\n" "Dies ist insbesondere nützlich für zusammengefasste Ethernet-Geräte (bonding).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie <b>iBFT</b>, falls Sie das im BIOS konfigurierte Netzwerk beibehalten wollen.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" @@ -2447,7 +2436,7 @@ "vom System-Administrator oder Ihrem Internet-Provider zugewiesen bekommen haben.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2458,7 +2447,7 @@ "automatisch vom Server bezogen.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:198 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2469,7 +2458,7 @@ "<b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>. Andernfalls müssen die Netzwerk-Adressen <b>Statisch</b> zugewiesen werden.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2480,7 +2469,7 @@ "Ihrer Gegenstelle ein.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2491,7 +2480,7 @@ "an. Optional können Sie auch einen Voll-Qualifizierten Hostnamen für diese Adresse angeben. Dieser wird in die Datei <i>/etc/hosts</i> geschrieben.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" @@ -2499,7 +2488,7 @@ "<p>Bitte kontaktieren Sie Ihren <b>Netzwerkadministrator</b> \n" "für weitere Informationen über die Netzwerkkonfiguration.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:219 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" @@ -2507,7 +2496,7 @@ "<p>DHCP-Konfiguration wird für dieses Produkt nicht empfohlen.\n" "Einige Komponenten dieses Produkts funktionieren möglicherweise nicht mit DHCP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2524,11 +2513,11 @@ "jedoch aller Verkehr für diese Schnittstelle gesperrt. Falls Sie keine Zone wählen\n" "und keine anderen existieren, wird die Firewall deaktiviert.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Obligatorische Schnittstelle</b> gibt an, ob der Netzwerkdienst einen Fehler meldet, wenn die Schnittstelle beim Booten nicht aktiviert wird.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2544,19 +2533,19 @@ "steigern, insbesondere in langsamen Wähl-Verbindungen. Wählen Sie einen der empfohlenen\n" "Werte oder setzen Sie ihren eigenen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Slave-Geräte für die verbundenen Geräte. Nur die Geräte, bei denen die Geräteaktivierung auf 'Nie' eingestellt ist und für die 'Ohne Adresseinrichtung' angegeben ist, sind verfügbar.</p>" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Optionen für DHCP-Client</big></b></p>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:249 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2571,7 +2560,7 @@ "Netzwerkschnittstelle und somit dieselbe Hardware-Adresse verwenden.</p>" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2593,7 +2582,7 @@ "Lassen Sie das Feld leer, wenn kein Hostname gesendet werden soll.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" @@ -2602,7 +2591,7 @@ "<p>Konfigurieren Sie zusätzliche Adressen für eine Schnittstelle in dieser Tabelle.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -2611,7 +2600,7 @@ "und die <b>Netzmaske</b> ein.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:277 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2622,14 +2611,14 @@ " auf 15 Zeichen beschränkt und das veraltete ipconfig kürzt nach 9 Zeichen.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Nehmen Sie den Schnittstellennamen nicht in den Aliasnamen auf. Geben Sie beispielsweise <b>foo</b> anstelle von <b>eth0:foo</b> ein.</p>" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2658,7 +2647,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" @@ -2667,7 +2656,7 @@ "für Funknetzwerke vor.</p>" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2682,7 +2671,7 @@ "(die Netzwerkkarte fungiert als Zugriffspunkt)</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2701,7 +2690,7 @@ "Signalstärke.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:326 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2737,7 +2726,7 @@ " <b>Verwaltet</b> möglich.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:345 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2752,7 +2741,7 @@ "24 Bits dynamisch erzeugt, sodass Sie nur 40 bis 232 Bits eingeben müssen.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:353 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2769,7 +2758,7 @@ "das leicht zu erraten ist.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" @@ -2778,7 +2767,7 @@ "im nächsten Dialogfeld einige zusätzliche Parameter ein.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -4706,6 +4695,17 @@ msgstr "(Nicht geschützt)" #~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" +#~ "installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +#~ "Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +#~ "repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>NetworkManager</b> ist nicht in jedem Basis-\n" +#~ "installations-Repository enthalten. Um ihn z.B. in SUSE\n" +#~ "Linux Enterprise Server zu aktivieren fügen Sie das Workstation Extension\n" +#~ "-Repository hinzu und installieren das 'NetworkManager'-Paket.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Network is currently handled by an unsupported network service\n" #~ "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-15 09:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ #. an error popup #. an error popup #. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "Sicherungskopie von %1 ist fehlgeschlagen. Für Details siehe %2." @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Erneut versuchen?" @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Bei der Vorbereitung des Installationssystems ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." @@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" @@ -1722,23 +1722,23 @@ msgstr "Delta-RPM wird angewendet: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Bei Ihrem Computer handelt es sich um ein 64-Bit x86-64-System. Sie versuchen, eine 32-Bit-Distribution zu installieren." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>Die Schemata-Liste gibt an, welche Funktionalität nach der Installation des Systems verfügbar sein wird.</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "<P>Der Vorschlag bezieht sich auf die Gesamtgröße der Dateien, die auf dem System installiert werden. Das System wird dennoch einige andere Dateien benötigen (temporäre und Arbeitsdateien), weshalb der tatsächlich benutzte Festplattenspeicher geringfügig größer ausfallen wird als der vorgeschlagene Wert. Daher ist es eine gute Idee wenigstens 25 % (oder ungefähr 300 MB) freien Speicherplatz zu haben, bevor die Installation gestartet wird.</P>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" @@ -1747,107 +1747,107 @@ "Dieser Wert ist wichtig, wenn die Verbindung langsam ist oder wenn es ein Datenlimit für das Herunterladen gibt.</P>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Software-Vorschlag</B></P>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produkt: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systemtyp: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Schemata:<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Größe der zu installierenden Pakete: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "%1 wird aus einem Online-Repository heruntergeladen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Diese Zusatz-Produkte wurden zur automatischen Entfernung vorgemerkt: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Bitte kontaktieren Sie den Hersteller dieser Zusatz-Produkte, damit dieser Sie mit den neuen Installations-Medien versorgt." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Bitte kontaktieren Sie den Hersteller dieses Zusatz-Produktes, damit dieser Sie mit einem neuen Installations-Medium versorgt." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Fehler: Freier Platz im Basis-Verzeichnis %1 (Gerät %2) kann nicht geprüft werden, Installation kann nicht gestartet werden." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Fehler: Freier Platz im Basis-Verzeichnis %1 (Gerät %2) kann nicht geprüft werden." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Nicht genügend Speicherplatz." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Nicht genügend Speicherplatz. Entfernen Sie einige Pakete in der Einzelauswahl." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Auf Partition %3 ist nur %1 (%2 %%) freier Speicher verfügbar .<BR>" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "Neues Produkt <b>%s</b> wird installiert" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "Produkt <b>%s</b> wird aktualisiert" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> wird zu <b>%{new_product}</b> aktualisiert" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "Produkt <b>%s</b> bleibt installiert" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Warnung:</b> Produkt <b>%s</b> wird entfernt." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" msgstr "<b>Fehler:</b> Produkt <b>%s</b> wrd automatisch entfernt.</font>" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1858,12 +1858,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Unter '%1' wurde kein Repository gefunden." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1875,31 +1875,31 @@ "vom SUSE Linux-Webserver herunterladen.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Gebootete Medien werden integriert..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Das Service-Pack-Repository konnte nicht integriert werden." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Repositories werden initialisiert ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1-CD 1 einlegen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1-CD 1 nicht gefunden" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ "Überprüfen Sie die Protokolldatei %1 für weitere Informationen." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1917,12 +1917,12 @@ "Software-Vorschlag wird erneut aufgerufen." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Paketauswahl wird ausgewertet ..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1933,16 +1933,16 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Lizenzdatei %1 konnte nicht gelesen werden" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Legen Sie die Datei license.tar.gz beim erstellen des Abbildes im Root-Verzeichnis des Live-Mediums ab um die Produktlizenz angemessen zu zeigen." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Sprache" @@ -1951,18 +1951,9 @@ msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung." -#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 -msgid "" -"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" -"%{license_url}" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie diese EULA ausdrucken möchten, können Sie\n" -"es von %{license_url} herunterladen." - #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1971,7 +1962,7 @@ "sie auf dem ersten Medium in der Datei %1 finden." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1983,17 +1974,17 @@ #. dialog title #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Möchten Sie die Installation des Zusatzprodukts wirklich abbrechen?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2002,7 +1993,7 @@ "Möchten Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung wirklich ablehnen?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2011,10 +2002,19 @@ "von Zusatzprodukten ab. Möchten Sie wirklich ablehnen?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Das System wird heruntergefahren ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie diese EULA ausdrucken möchten, können Sie\n" +"es von %{license_url} herunterladen." + #. popup yes-no #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" @@ -2087,90 +2087,90 @@ msgstr "Patch-RPM konnte nicht heruntergeladen werden: %1" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:30 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "Mithilfe von SLP &durchsuchen ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:32 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Commun&ity/Gemeinschafts-Repositories" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Erweiterungen und Module vom Registrierungsserver ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "&URL angeben ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." # #-#-#-#-# packager.de.po (packager.de) #-#-#-#-# &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "Fest&platte ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB-Massenspeicher (USB-Stick, -Platte) ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokales Verzeichnis ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokales ISO-Abbild ..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Dateien mit Repository-Beschreibung &herunterladen" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ "des Mediums handelt, legen Sie <b>ISO-Abbild</b> fest.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2188,65 +2188,65 @@ "geben Sie den Speicherort des ersten Mediums des Satzes an.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servername" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Pfad zum Verzeichnis oder ISO-Abbild" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-Abbild" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-Protokoll" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Mount-Optionen" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(Standard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL des Repositorys" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokoll" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL des Repositories" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Repository-URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-Server" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD- oder DVD-Medium" @@ -2254,23 +2254,23 @@ # &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-Stick oder -Platte" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokales Verzeichnis" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokales ISO-Abbild" @@ -2279,24 +2279,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server und Verzeichnis" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Der Name des Repositorys darf nicht leer sein." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Repository-Name" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2305,12 +2305,12 @@ "Geben Sie unter <b>Repository-Name</b> einen Namen für das Repository ein. Wenn das Feld leer ist, übernimmt YaST den Produktnamen (sofern verfügbar) oder die URL als Repository-Namen.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Dienstname" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2319,17 +2319,17 @@ "Unter <b>Dienstname</b> geben Sie den Namen des Dienstes ein. Wenn das Feld leer bleibt, übernimmt YaST einen Teil der Dienst-URL als Namen für den Dienst.</p>\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL darf nicht leer sein." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2341,16 +2341,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Teile der URL bearbeiten" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Komplette URL bearbeiten" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ "Verwenden Sie <b>Servername</b> und <b>Pfad zum Verzeichnis oder ISO-Abbild</b>,\n" "um den Host-Namen des NFS-Servers und den Pfad auf dem Server anzugeben.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2373,16 +2373,16 @@ "Siehe <b>man 5 nfs</b> zu Einzelheiten und die Liste unterstützter Optionen." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2391,12 +2391,12 @@ "Legen Sie <b>CD-ROM</b> oder <b>DVD-ROM</b> fest, um den Medientyp anzugeben.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-Abbild-Datei" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ "oder das Verzeichnis existiert nicht.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ "oder die Datei existiert nicht.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2425,17 +2425,17 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Pfad zum Verzeichnis" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Reines &RPM-Verzeichnis" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2450,20 +2450,20 @@ "wählen Sie <b>Reines RPM-Verzeichnis</b>.</p>\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB-Massenspeichergerät" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Dateisystem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Verzeichnis" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2494,11 +2494,11 @@ "ein bestimmtes Dateisystem benutzen möchten, dann wählen Sie es aus der Liste.</p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Datenträger" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2517,12 +2517,12 @@ "Sie die Option <b>Reines RPM-Verzeichnis</b>.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Pfad zum ISO-Abbild" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2533,71 +2533,71 @@ "ISO-Abbild anzugeben.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server&name" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Freigabe" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO-&Abbild" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Verzeichnis auf dem Server" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Aut&hentifizierung" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonym" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Arbeitsgruppe oder Domain" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Benutzername" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passwort" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ "dann wählen Sie <b>ISO-Abbild</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2633,12 +2633,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Ich möchte ein zusätzliches Add-On-Produkt installieren" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ "oder auf der Festplatte befinden.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ "muss Ihnen der Satz mit den Produkt-CDs bzw. die DVD zur Verfügung stehen.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ "ist nur der Basispfad erforderlich.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2689,25 +2689,25 @@ "der ersten CD befinden, zum Beispiel /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Medientyp auswählen" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Legen Sie die Zusatzprodukt-CD ein" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Legen Sie die Zusatzprodukt-DVD ein" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Es wurde keine USB-Platte erkannt." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2722,12 +2722,12 @@ "herunterladen, wenn es sie benötigt. </p>\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Medientyp" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Add-on-Produkt" @@ -2919,12 +2919,12 @@ msgstr "In Ihrem Netzwerk wurden keine SLP-Repositories gefunden." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:936 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "Auf Partition \"%1\" fehlen %2 Plattenplatz." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ "oder temporäre Dateien, bevor Sie das System aktualisieren.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:965 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie einige Pakete ab." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -24,9 +24,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Proxy dialog caption -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:448 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Proxy-Konfiguration" @@ -119,36 +117,30 @@ msgstr "FTP" #. Informative label -#. Informative label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:100 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Keine Details verfügbar." #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:103 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Details <<" +#. avoid confusing Emacs #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:105 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Details >>" #. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:220 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "Unbekannter Fehlercode" #. Error message, #. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:238 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -159,10 +151,7 @@ #. Unknown return code, #. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:253 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -171,38 +160,32 @@ "Proxy-Rückgabecode: %2.\n" #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:274 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "Aktuelle Proxy-Einstellungen werden getestet..." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:284 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "Beim HTTP-Proxy-Test ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:306 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "Beim HTTPS-Proxy-Test ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:328 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "Beim FTP-Proxy-Test ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. Popup message -#. Popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:346 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Proxy-Einstellungen funktionieren ordnungsgemäß." #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" @@ -215,8 +198,7 @@ "was von Ihrer Anwendung (Webbrowser, ftp-Client, ...) unterstützt wird. </p>" #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:461 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -225,8 +207,7 @@ "zum World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -235,14 +216,12 @@ "auf das World Wide Web (WWW) an.</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:469 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>Beispiel: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" #. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:471 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" @@ -251,8 +230,7 @@ "die Dateiübertragungsdienste (File Transfer Protocol, kurz: FTP).</p>" #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:475 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:425 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -263,8 +241,7 @@ "(HTTP, HTTPS und FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:482 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -275,8 +252,7 @@ "durchgeführt werden sollen, zum Beispiel <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:491 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" @@ -287,8 +263,7 @@ "besteht ausschließlich aus druckbaren ASCII-Zeichen (mit Ausnahme von Anführungszeichen).</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:499 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" @@ -297,70 +272,60 @@ "die aktuelle Konfiguration für den HTTP-, HTTPS- und FTP-Proxy zu testen.</p> \n" #. CheckBox entry label -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:519 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "Proxy &aktivieren" #. Frame label -#. Frame label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:527 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Proxy-Einstellungen" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:533 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "&HTTP-Proxy-URL" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:535 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "HTTP&S-Proxy-URL" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:538 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "F&TP-Proxy-URL" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:544 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "Für all&e Protokolle denselben Proxy verwenden" #. Text entry label #. domains without proxying -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:549 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "Proxy-A&usnahmen" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:558 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Proxy-Authentifizierung" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:567 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:512 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "Proxy-&Benutzername" #. Password entry label -#. Password entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:575 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:520 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "Proxy-&Passwort" #. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:587 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "Pr&oxy-Einstellungen testen" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:673 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:618 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -368,7 +333,7 @@ "Proxy ist aktiviert, es wurde jedoch keine Proxy-URL angegeben.\n" "Diese Einstellungen wirklich verwenden?" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:686 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -381,50 +346,42 @@ "Möchten Sie diese Einstellungen wirklich nutzen?" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:701 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "Es ist nicht möglich, ein Passwort anzugeben und gleichzeitig den Benutzernamen leer zu lassen." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:711 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Ungültige HTTP-Proxy-URL." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:719 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "Bitte geben Sie das Protokoll für den entsprechenden Proxydienst (http) an." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:730 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:671 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Die HTTPS-Proxy-URL ist ungültig." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:738 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "Die HTTPS-Proxy-URL muss eine Schemaspezifikation (http) enthalten." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:749 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Ungültige FTP-Proxy-URL." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:757 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "FTP-Proxy-URL muss eine Schema-Spezifikation (http) aufweisen." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:769 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -440,16 +397,6 @@ "* voll qualifizierter Hostname (FQDN)\n" "* Domainname mit vorangestelltem '.'" -#. Rich text title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:839 -msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "Proxy" - -#. MenuButton title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:841 -msgid "&Proxy" -msgstr "&Proxy" - #. Popup headline #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" @@ -500,6 +447,12 @@ msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP-Proxy: %1" +#~ msgid "Proxy" +#~ msgstr "Proxy" + +#~ msgid "&Proxy" +#~ msgstr "&Proxy" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 11:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -48,62 +48,43 @@ "oder den SUSE-Standardregistrierungsserver aus." #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Kein Registrierungsserver ausgewählt." #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Kontakt zum Registrierungsserver wird hergestellt" -#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. nil = use the default URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 -msgid "Registering the System..." -msgstr "System wird registriert..." - -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#. register the base product -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "Registrierung läuft: %s ..." - -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 -msgid "Updating to %s ..." -msgstr "Aktualisierung auf %s ..." - #. display the registration update dialog #. dialog title #. dialog title #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrierung" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "Die Registrierung wird aktualisiert..." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "Die bisherige Registrierung wurde aktualisiert." #. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -113,7 +94,7 @@ #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" @@ -128,7 +109,7 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." @@ -136,43 +117,43 @@ "Wenn Sie die Produktregistrierung jetzt überspringen, denken Sie daran, sich zu registrieren, nachdem \n" "die Installation abgeschlossen ist." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration..." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "Das System ist bereits registriert." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "&Email-Adresse" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registrierungs&code" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "&Lokaler Registrierungsserver..." #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registrierung ü&berspringen" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "Zum Registrieren des Systems geben Sie hier Ihre Anmeldedaten für das SUSE Customer Center ein, so dass Sie Aufrüstungen und Erweiterungen erhalten." #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -184,25 +165,26 @@ "Sollen die aktuellen verfügbaren\n" "Online-Aktualisierungen während der Installation installiert werden?" -#. cache the available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 -msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." -msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module werden geladen..." +#. %s is name of given product +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "Registrierung läuft: %s ..." #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Erweiterungen und Module registrieren" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Erweiterungen und Module werden registriert.</p>" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -221,30 +203,30 @@ "Soll die Registrierung wirklich jetzt übersprungen werden?" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Erneut registrieren" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "Erweiterungen auswählen" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Das System ist bereits registriert.</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sie können das System erneut registrieren oder auch zusätzliche Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren und damit den Funktionsumfang des Systems vergrößern.</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" msgstr "<p>Soll die Registrierung des Systems aufgehoben werden, melden Sie sich beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie das System dort manuell.</p>" #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -253,7 +235,7 @@ "Prüfen Sie das System." #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -261,7 +243,7 @@ "Das Installationsmedium oder das Installationsprogramm ist schwer beschädigt.\n" "Melden Sie diesen Fehler unter %s." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -275,23 +257,23 @@ msgstr "Verwenden Sie '%s' statt dieses YaST-Moduls." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Die Registrierung war erfolgreich." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Fehler bei der SLP-Erkennung, kein Server gefunden" #. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically #. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice #. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat herunterladen" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat importieren" @@ -432,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "SHA256-Fingerabdruck: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -440,22 +422,22 @@ "Das Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert, der Registrierungsserver ist nicht erreichbar.\n" "Soll das Netzwerk jetzt konfiguriert werden?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Netzwerkfehler. Prüfen Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung der Verbindung." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob dieses System dem Registrierungsserver bekannt ist." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -476,19 +458,23 @@ "Aufrüstung dann erneut." #. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registrierung ist fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Fehler beim Registrierungsclient." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -497,46 +483,77 @@ "Wiederholen Sie die Registrierung später." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "Das empfangene SSL-Zertifikat stimmt nicht mit dem erwarteten Zertifikat überein." #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Details: %s" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat wird importiert" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s'-Zertifikat wird importiert..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fehler bei sicherer Verbindung: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +msgid "" +"An old registration server was detected at\n" +"%s.\n" +"Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" +"protocol is installed at the server." +msgstr "" +"Unter\n" +"%s wurde ein alter Registrierungsserver erkannt.\n" +"Stellen Sie sicher, dass das neueste Produkt, das das neue\n" +"Registrierungsprotokoll unterstützt, auf dem Server installiert ist." + #. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Registrierungskonfiguration wird gespeichert..." -#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze -#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 -msgid "SSL Certificate" -msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat" +#. register the system and the base product +#. @return [Array] array with two +#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) +#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts +#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +msgid "Registering the System..." +msgstr "System wird registriert..." -#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 -msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" -msgstr "SLP-Erkennung auch später im installierten System verwenden" +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Aktualisierung auf %s ..." +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module werden geladen..." + #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Certificate:" @@ -545,33 +562,33 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Repository-Konfiguration." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen des Dienstes '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern des Dienstes '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'." @@ -584,10 +601,10 @@ msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Lizenzen werden heruntergeladen..." -#. ask user to accept an addon EULA -#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon -#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung wird heruntergeladen..." @@ -602,7 +619,7 @@ "%s." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung zu %s" @@ -634,46 +651,46 @@ msgstr[1] "Geben Sie die Registrierungscodes in die nachfolgenden Felder ein." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "Auswahl der Erweiterungen und Module" #. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module für das System auswählen.</p>" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "<p>Für bestimmte Erweiterungen oder Module benötigen Sie dabei einen besonderen Registrierungscode.</p>" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "<p>Soll eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul entfernt werden, melden Sie sich beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie den zugehörigen Eintrag dort manuell.</p>" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul auswählen, zu der/dem hier Details angezeigt werden sollen" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (nicht verfügbar)" #. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "Bei YaST können Sie maximal %s Erweiterungen oder Module auswählen." @@ -815,65 +832,60 @@ msgstr "Selbst signiertes Zertifikat in Zertifikatskette" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "&Vertrauen und importieren" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bei der sicheren Verbindung (HTTPS) erfolgt die Echtheitsprüfung des Servers und die Übertragung der verschlüsselten Daten mithilfe von SSL-Zertifikaten.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sie können das Zertifikat in die Liste der bekannten Zertifizierungsstellen (CA) importieren und so angeben, dass Sie dem Inhalt und dem Aussteller des unbekannten Zertifikats vertrauen.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wenn Sie ein Zertifikat importieren, kann beispielsweise ein selbst signiertes Zertifikat verwendet werden.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Wichtig:</b> Überprüfen Sie den Fingerabdruck des Zertifikats, damit Sie sichergehen können, tatsächlich das echte Zertifikat vom angeforderten Server zu importieren.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Das Importieren eines unbekannten Zertifikats ohne entsprechende Überprüfung ist ein großes Sicherheitsrisiko.</b></p>" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Ungültige URL." #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Suchen ..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver werden gesucht..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An old registration server was detected at\n" -#~ "%s.\n" -#~ "Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" -#~ "protocol is installed at the server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Unter\n" -#~ "%s wurde ein alter Registrierungsserver erkannt.\n" -#~ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass das neueste Produkt, das das neue\n" -#~ "Registrierungsprotokoll unterstützt, auf dem Server installiert ist." +#~ msgid "SSL Certificate" +#~ msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat" +#~ msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +#~ msgstr "SLP-Erkennung auch später im installierten System verwenden" + #~| msgid "Registration Code" #~ msgid "Registering Product..." #~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-22 19:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -152,46 +152,46 @@ msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Format auf Aus setzen" +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "&Parallele formatierte Datenträger" + #. error popup message #. error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:200 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:677 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Es wurde keine Platte ausgewählt." #. 8 means disk is not formatted #. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:229 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "Das Gerät %1 ist nicht formatiert. Gerät jetzt formatieren?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:231 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "%1 Geräte sind nicht formatiert. Geräte jetzt formatieren?" #. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "Gerät für Kanal %1 konnte nicht gefunden werden." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "Platte %1 ist nicht aktiv." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "Für Platte %1 besteht kein Schreibzugriff." -#. integer field (count of disks formatted at parallely) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 -msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" -msgstr "&Parallele formatierte Datenträger" - #. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ " %1" #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "DASD-Plattenverwaltung" @@ -210,111 +210,111 @@ #. table header #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "Kanalnummer" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatieren" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "DIAG verwenden" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "Gerät" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Zugriffstyp" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Formatiert" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Partitionsinformationen" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:445 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "&Niedrigste Kanalnummer" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "&Höchste Kanalnummer" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" #. menu button #. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "&Aktion durchführen" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "Alle &auswählen" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "Alle a&bwählen" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "Filter hat eine ungültige Kanalnummer." #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "Neue DASD-Platte hinzufügen" #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:598 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "&Kanalnummer" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "Platte formatieren" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "&DIAG verwenden" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -326,14 +326,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:638 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "Keine gültige Kanalnummer." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "Device existiert bereits." @@ -1340,23 +1340,23 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:318 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:334 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanalnummer: %1, Formatieren: %2, DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:331 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:347 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanalnummer: %1, Gerät: %2, DIAG: %3" #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:366 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:382 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Konfigurierte DASD-Platten lesen" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:457 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:516 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs nicht gemountet." @@ -1364,65 +1364,65 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:465 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:524 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: Ungültiger Status für <online>." #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:489 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: Kein Gerät für <ccwid> gefunden." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: Zustand des Geräts konnte nicht geändert werden." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:490 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: Das Gerät ist kein DASD." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:499 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:515 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: Das Modul konnte nicht geladen werden." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:508 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:524 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: DASD konnte nicht aktiviert werden." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:517 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:533 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD ist nicht formatiert." #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:525 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:541 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: Unbekannter Fehler %2." #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:638 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:654 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Formatiere %1:" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:667 src/modules/DASDController.rb:764 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:683 src/modules/DASDController.rb:780 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Die Plattenformatierung ist fehlgeschlagen. Abbruch-Code: %1." #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:735 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:751 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formatieren von %1: Zylinder %2 von %3 fertig" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 09:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -752,10 +752,6 @@ msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "&Start" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1250 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen" - #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Freigaben" @@ -1655,187 +1651,190 @@ msgstr "Domänen-Mitglied-Server" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:120 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Initialisieren der Konfiguration des Samba-Servers" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:125 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Globale Samba-Einstellungen lesen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:127 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Samba-Secrets lesen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:129 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Samba-Dienste-Einstellungen lesen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:131 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Samba-Konten lesen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:133 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "Backend-Einstellungen lesen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:135 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:137 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Funktionseinstellungen des Samba-Dienstes lesen" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:140 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Globale Samba-Einstellungen werden gelesen ..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:142 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Samba-Secrets werden gelesen ..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:144 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Samba-Dienste-Einstellungen werden gelesen ..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:146 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Samba-Konten werden gelesen ..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:148 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "Backend-Einstellungen werden gelesen ..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:150 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:152 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "Funktionseinstellungen des Samba-Dienstes werden gelesen ..." #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:154 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:234 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des Samba-Servers speichern" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:239 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen schreiben" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:241 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-Dienste deaktivieren" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:243 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-Dienste aktivieren" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:245 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "Backend-Einstellungen schreiben" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:247 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Samba-Konten schreiben" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:249 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen speichern" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:252 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Globale Einstellungen schreiben ..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:254 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-Dienste werden deaktiviert ..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:256 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-Dienste werden aktiviert ..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:258 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "Backend-Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Samba-Konten werden geschrieben ..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden gespeichert ..." #. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:288 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht nach /etc/samba/smb.conf geschrieben werden." #. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:385 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "Globale Konfiguration:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:387 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "Arbeitsgruppe oder Domäne: %s" #. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:391 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "Funktion: %s" #. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:394 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Samba-Server ist deaktiviert" #. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:398 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "Freigabekonfiguration:" #. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:404 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "Keine" +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen" + #~ msgid "Snapper Support" #~ msgstr "Snapper Unterstützung" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -239,102 +239,103 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellung" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Sicherheitsstatus" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hilfe" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:402 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 msgid " or " msgstr "oder" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Die folgenden Basisdienste sind in Runlevel %1 nicht aktiviert:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Alle Basisdienste sind aktiviert.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 +#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Diese zusätzlichen Dienste sind in Runlevel %1 aktiviert:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Liste der Dienste prüfen und alle unbenutzten Dienste deaktivieren.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Nur Basisdienste des Systems sind aktiviert.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Sicherheitsüberblick" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "&Status ändern" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Beschreibung" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:640 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für den Systemstart" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:652 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Berechtigungen für den Systemstart" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:729 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Verschiedene Einstellungen" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Passworteinstellungen" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:824 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Überprüfung" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Passwortalter" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -343,7 +344,7 @@ "als das Maximum." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -352,12 +353,12 @@ "Die maximale Passwortlänge für die gewählte Verschlüsselungsmethode ist %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für das Anmelden" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:975 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "Login" msgstr "Anmelden" @@ -1031,157 +1032,147 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 -msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" -msgstr "A&ktuelles Verzeichnis im Pfad des Benutzers root" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" -msgstr "Das ak&tuelle Verzeichnis im Pfad regulärer Benutzer" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:130 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "&Grafische Anmeldung von Remote erlauben" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "&Magic SysRq Keys" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Deaktivieren" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Alle Funktionen aktivieren" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Zu wartende Sekunden nach einer fehlerhaften Anmeldung" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:156 src/include/security/widgets.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Maxim&um" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:162 src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" msgstr "&Verhalten des Anmeldungsmanagers KDM beim Herunterfahren:" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Only root" msgstr "Nur root" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 msgid "All Users" msgstr "Alle Benutzer" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Niemand" #. ComboBox value #. ["local",_("Local Users")], #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisch" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "System-Tiefschlaf" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:191 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Benutzer an aktiver Konsole" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Jeder darf das System in den Tiefschlaf versetzen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Authentifizierung immer benötigt" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Methode für die Verschlüsselung des P&assworts" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "Neue Passwörter ü&berprüfen" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "An&zahl der zu speichernden Passwörter" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minimale Passwortlänge" # #-#-#-#-# security.de.po (security.de) #-#-#-#-# # Shortened because of #19756 #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts warnen" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Dateiberechtigungen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Easy (Einfach)" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Sicher" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:272 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Benutzer, der updatedb starten soll" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:279 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Ma&ximum" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:285 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" @@ -1200,65 +1191,71 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Sicherheitskonfiguration speichern" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "inittab -Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM-Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:655 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Systemeinstellungen aktualisieren" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "inittab-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Systemeinstellungen werden aktualisiert ..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:901 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Aktueller Sicherheits-Level: benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:905 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Aktueller Sicherheits-Level: %1" +#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" +#~ msgstr "A&ktuelles Verzeichnis im Pfad des Benutzers root" + +#~ msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" +#~ msgstr "Das ak&tuelle Verzeichnis im Pfad regulärer Benutzer" + #~ msgid "Use current directory in root's path" #~ msgstr "Aktuelles Verzeichnis im Pfad des Benutzers root" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-28 21:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -19,186 +19,7 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 -msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -msgstr "Das Standard-systemd-Target wird gespeichert ..." - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" -msgstr "VNC braucht eine grafische Oberfläche, um verfügbar zu sein" - #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 -msgid "&Default systemd target" -msgstr "Standard-systemd-&Target" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 -msgid "Default systemd target" -msgstr "Standard-systemd-Target" - -#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" -msgstr "Einstellen des Standard-systemd-Targets" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" -msgstr "Auswählen des Standard-systemd-Targets" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "systemd ist eine System- und Dienste-Verwaltung für Linux. Es besteht aus \"Units\", deren Aufgabe es ist, Dienste und andere \"Units\" zu aktivieren." - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -msgstr "Die Standard-Target-Unit wird beim Booten standardmäßig aktiviert. Normalerweise ist das ein symbolischer Link mit dem Pfad /etc/systemd/system/default.target. Weitere Informationen finden Sie in der systemd-Hilfe (man-page)." - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "Das Multi-User-Target dient dazu, ein für Server passendes Multi-User-System mit Netzwerk ohne grafische Oberfläche zu starten (analog zu Runlevel 3)." - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "Das Graphical-Target dient dem Starten der grafischen Oberfläche bis zum Login-Bildschirm inklusive Netzwerk, was typisch für Desktop-PCs u.ä. ist (analog zu Runlevel 5)." - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -msgstr "Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, was für Sie die beste Option ist, verwenden Sie das Graphical-Target." - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 -msgid "Available Targets" -msgstr "Verfügbare Targets" - -#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the -#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this -#. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 -msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " -msgstr "Der Installer empfiehlt das Standard-Target '%s' " - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 -msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" -msgstr "Die X11-Pakete wurden zur Installation ausgewählt" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 -msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "Die Live-Installation wird typischerweise für die volle grafische Oberfläche im Zielsystem benutzt" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 -msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" -msgstr "Die serielle Verbindung unterstützt üblicherweise keine grafische Oberfläche" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 -msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "Die Text-Modus-Installation geht von keiner grafischen Oberfläche im Zielsystem aus" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 -msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -msgstr "Die Verwendung von VNC unterstellt eine grafischen Oberfläche im Zielsystem" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 -msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "Der SSH-Installationsmodus geht von keiner grafischen Oberfläche im Zielsystem aus" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 -msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" -msgstr "Die X11-Pakete wurden nicht zur Installation ausgewählt" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "Diese Empfehlung basiert auf der Analyse anderer Installationseinstellungen" - -#. Default for double-click in the table -#. Default for double-click in the table -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 -msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "Die Konfiguration wird geschrieben ..." - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 -msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" -msgstr "Das Schreiben der Konfiguration ist fehlgeschlagen:\n" - -#. Fills the dialog contents -#. Fills the dialog contents -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 -msgid "Default System &Target" -msgstr "Standard-S&ystem-Target" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Dienst" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Aktiviert" - -#. The current state matches the futural state -#. The current state matches the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beschreibung" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 -msgid "&Start/Stop" -msgstr "&Start/Stop" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 -msgid "&Enable/Disable" -msgstr "&Aktivieren/Deaktivieren" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 -msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "&Details anzeigen" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "Dienste-Verwaltung" - -#. Redraws the services dialog -#. Redraws the services dialog -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 -msgid "Reading services status..." -msgstr "Einlesen des Status der Dienste ..." - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Deaktiviert" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 -msgid "Inactive" -msgstr "Inaktiv" - -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 -msgid "Active (will start)" -msgstr "Aktiv (wird gestartet)" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 -msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -msgstr "Inaktiv (wird gestoppt)" - -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 -msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -msgstr "Dienst %{service} volle Information" - -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "D&ienste" @@ -254,65 +75,165 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Der Dienst %1 kann nicht aktiviert werden" +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Dienste-Verwaltung" + #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Standard-Target" +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Aktiviert" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Deaktiviert" + #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Unbekanntes autoyast-Dienste-Profil-Schema für 'services-manager'" -#. AutoYast summary -#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 -msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "Noch nicht konfiguriert." +#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +#~ msgstr "Das Standard-systemd-Target wird gespeichert ..." -#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state -#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 -msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -msgstr "%{service}, das derzeit %{status} ist, kann nicht %{change} werden. " +#~ msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +#~ msgstr "VNC braucht eine grafische Oberfläche, um verfügbar zu sein" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 -msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " -msgstr "%{service} kann nicht %{change} werden. " +#~ msgid "&Default systemd target" +#~ msgstr "Standard-systemd-&Target" -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 -msgid "Graphical mode" -msgstr "Grafische Oberfläche" +#~ msgid "Default systemd target" +#~ msgstr "Standard-systemd-Target" -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 -msgid "Text mode" -msgstr "Textmodus" +#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +#~ msgstr "Einstellen des Standard-systemd-Targets" -#. Systemd targets -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 -msgid "Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Grafische Oberfläche" +#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +#~ msgstr "Auswählen des Standard-systemd-Targets" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 -msgid "Emergency Mode" -msgstr "Notfallmodus" +#~ msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +#~ msgstr "systemd ist eine System- und Dienste-Verwaltung für Linux. Es besteht aus \"Units\", deren Aufgabe es ist, Dienste und andere \"Units\" zu aktivieren." -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 -msgid "Switch Root" -msgstr "Wurzelverzeichnis umschalten" +#~ msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +#~ msgstr "Die Standard-Target-Unit wird beim Booten standardmäßig aktiviert. Normalerweise ist das ein symbolischer Link mit dem Pfad /etc/systemd/system/default.target. Weitere Informationen finden Sie in der systemd-Hilfe (man-page)." -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 -msgid "Initrd Default Target" -msgstr "Initrd-Standard-Target" +#~ msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +#~ msgstr "Das Multi-User-Target dient dazu, ein für Server passendes Multi-User-System mit Netzwerk ohne grafische Oberfläche zu starten (analog zu Runlevel 3)." -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 -msgid "Multi-User System" -msgstr "Mehrbenutzersystem" +#~ msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +#~ msgstr "Das Graphical-Target dient dem Starten der grafischen Oberfläche bis zum Login-Bildschirm inklusive Netzwerk, was typisch für Desktop-PCs u.ä. ist (analog zu Runlevel 5)." -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 -msgid "Rescue Mode" -msgstr "Rettungsmodus" +#~ msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +#~ msgstr "Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, was für Sie die beste Option ist, verwenden Sie das Graphical-Target." +#~ msgid "Available Targets" +#~ msgstr "Verfügbare Targets" + +#~ msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +#~ msgstr "Der Installer empfiehlt das Standard-Target '%s' " + +#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +#~ msgstr "Die X11-Pakete wurden zur Installation ausgewählt" + +#~ msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +#~ msgstr "Die Live-Installation wird typischerweise für die volle grafische Oberfläche im Zielsystem benutzt" + +#~ msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +#~ msgstr "Die serielle Verbindung unterstützt üblicherweise keine grafische Oberfläche" + +#~ msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +#~ msgstr "Die Text-Modus-Installation geht von keiner grafischen Oberfläche im Zielsystem aus" + +#~ msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +#~ msgstr "Die Verwendung von VNC unterstellt eine grafischen Oberfläche im Zielsystem" + +#~ msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +#~ msgstr "Der SSH-Installationsmodus geht von keiner grafischen Oberfläche im Zielsystem aus" + +#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +#~ msgstr "Die X11-Pakete wurden nicht zur Installation ausgewählt" + +#~ msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +#~ msgstr "Diese Empfehlung basiert auf der Analyse anderer Installationseinstellungen" + +#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Die Konfiguration wird geschrieben ..." + +#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +#~ msgstr "Das Schreiben der Konfiguration ist fehlgeschlagen:\n" + +#~ msgid "Default System &Target" +#~ msgstr "Standard-S&ystem-Target" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Dienst" + +#~ msgid "Active" +#~ msgstr "Aktiv" + +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "Beschreibung" + +#~ msgid "&Start/Stop" +#~ msgstr "&Start/Stop" + +#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable" +#~ msgstr "&Aktivieren/Deaktivieren" + +#~ msgid "Show &Details" +#~ msgstr "&Details anzeigen" + +#~ msgid "Reading services status..." +#~ msgstr "Einlesen des Status der Dienste ..." + +#~ msgid "Inactive" +#~ msgstr "Inaktiv" + +#~ msgid "Active (will start)" +#~ msgstr "Aktiv (wird gestartet)" + +#~ msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +#~ msgstr "Inaktiv (wird gestoppt)" + +#~ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +#~ msgstr "Dienst %{service} volle Information" + +#~ msgid "Not configured yet." +#~ msgstr "Noch nicht konfiguriert." + +#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +#~ msgstr "%{service}, das derzeit %{status} ist, kann nicht %{change} werden. " + +#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +#~ msgstr "%{service} kann nicht %{change} werden. " + +#~ msgid "Graphical mode" +#~ msgstr "Grafische Oberfläche" + +#~ msgid "Text mode" +#~ msgstr "Textmodus" + +#~ msgid "Graphical Interface" +#~ msgstr "Grafische Oberfläche" + +#~ msgid "Emergency Mode" +#~ msgstr "Notfallmodus" + +#~ msgid "Switch Root" +#~ msgstr "Wurzelverzeichnis umschalten" + +#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target" +#~ msgstr "Initrd-Standard-Target" + +#~ msgid "Multi-User System" +#~ msgstr "Mehrbenutzersystem" + +#~ msgid "Rescue Mode" +#~ msgstr "Rettungsmodus" + #~ msgid "Enabled Services" #~ msgstr "Aktivierte Dienste" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-28 21:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -1582,6 +1582,13 @@ msgstr "Volume-&Kennung" #. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "UUID" +msgid "&UUID" +msgstr "UUID" + +#. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Geräte-&ID" @@ -1779,28 +1786,8 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie das Dateisystem nun verkleinern?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "No unsaved changes exist." -msgstr "Keine ungespeicherten Änderungen vorhanden." - -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1417 -msgid "Changes:" -msgstr "Änderungen:" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1429 -msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" -msgstr "Möchten Sie die Änderungen jetzt wirklich durchführen?" - -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1435 -msgid "&Apply" -msgstr "A&nwenden" - #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1814,7 +1801,7 @@ "Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, gehen Sie besser auf 'Abbrechen'.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1829,7 +1816,7 @@ "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1529 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1844,7 +1831,7 @@ "Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1857,55 +1844,55 @@ "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Erstellen und entfernen Sie Subvolumen eines Btrfs-Dateisystems.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit snapper.</p>" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Vorhandene Subvolumen:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Neues Subvolumen" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1632 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Neue hinzufügen" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Entfernen" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1661 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Subvolumenverarbeitung" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Leere Subvolumennamen sind nicht erlaubt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1913,11 +1900,11 @@ "Momentan sind nur Subvolumen zulässig deren Name mit \"%1\" beginnt!\n" "\"%1\" wird dem Namen des Subvolumens automatisch vorangestellt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Der Subvolumenname %1 ist bereits vorhanden." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Die bisher in diesem Dialog vorgenommen Änderungen gehen verloren." @@ -2267,12 +2254,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Das Dateisystem ist gerade unter %1 eingehängt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2282,12 +2269,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Aushängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2295,15 +2282,15 @@ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen, oder abbrechen.\n" "Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt ist." @@ -3266,7 +3253,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Die Festplatte wird verwendet und kann nicht geändert werden." @@ -5333,12 +5320,12 @@ msgstr "Schema-Datei" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpf&s-Größe" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5346,12 +5333,12 @@ "Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % an.\n" "Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% sein. Bitte erneut versuchen." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Bitte erneut versuchen." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5362,17 +5349,17 @@ "als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (wobei der Prozentanteil des zu benutzenden Speichers gemeint ist) angeben.</p>" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap-&Priorität" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 0 und 32767 liegen. Bitte erneut versuchen." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5381,12 +5368,12 @@ "Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die Priorität.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Sch&reibgeschützt einhängen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -5397,12 +5384,12 @@ "wird das Dateisystem immer schreibfähig eingehängt.</p>" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Keine &Zugriffszeit" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5411,12 +5398,14 @@ "Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Standard ist 'aus' (Zugriffszeiten werden aktualisiert).</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 -msgid "Mountable by &User" +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mountable by &User" +msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Durch &Benutzer einhängbar" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5425,12 +5414,12 @@ "Normale Benutzer dürfen das Dateisystem ein- und aushängen. Standard ist 'aus'.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Nicht beim System&start einhängen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -5446,12 +5435,12 @@ "eingehängt wird). Standard ist 'aus'.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "&Kontingentunterstützung (Quota) aktivieren" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5462,12 +5451,12 @@ "Standard ist 'aus'.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Daten-&Journal-Modus" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -5486,12 +5475,12 @@ "wird nicht beibehalten. Keine Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Zugriffskontrolllisten (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5500,12 +5489,12 @@ "Aktivieren von Zugriffskontrolllisten auf dem Dateisystem.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Erweiterte Benutzerattribute" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5514,16 +5503,16 @@ "Erweiterte Benutzerattribute auf dem Dateisystem erlauben.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Beliebiger Options&wert" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5534,12 +5523,12 @@ "Mehrere Optionen werden durch Kommata getrennt.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Zeichen&satz für Dateinamen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" @@ -5548,13 +5537,13 @@ "Legt den Zeichensatz fest, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-Partitionen benutzt wird.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&seite für FAT-Kurznamen" # #-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-# English text is incomprehensible. (Yes, I know it's copied literally from the mount(8) manpage, but still.) -ts- #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" @@ -5563,12 +5552,12 @@ "Diese Codeseite wird zur Zeichenkonvertierung von Kurznamen auf FAT-Dateisystemen verwendet.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Anzahl der &FATs" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" @@ -5579,12 +5568,12 @@ "</p>" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&Größe" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" @@ -5596,19 +5585,19 @@ "</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Einträge im Root-&Verzeichnis (/)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" "Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5617,12 +5606,12 @@ "Wählen Sie die Anzahl der verfügbaren Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash-&Funktion" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" @@ -5632,12 +5621,12 @@ "Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Version des Dateisystems" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" @@ -5650,12 +5639,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Block&größe in Bytes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" @@ -5667,13 +5656,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode-Größe" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5682,12 +5671,12 @@ "Mit dieser Option wird die Inode-Größe des Dateisystems festgelegt.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Prozent Inode-Bereich" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" @@ -5697,12 +5686,12 @@ "im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inodes gereiht (&aligned)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -5716,12 +5705,12 @@ "normalerweise einen effizienteren Zugriff als ungereihte.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Protokoll-Größe in Megabyte" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5731,7 +5720,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" @@ -5741,17 +5730,17 @@ "dann beträgt der Vorgabewert 40% der Gesamtgröße.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "&Dienstprogramm zum Auflisten defekter Blöcke aufrufen" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Schritt&weite in Blöcken" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5760,7 +5749,7 @@ "Wählen Sie einen Wert größer als 1.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5773,7 +5762,7 @@ "die Anzahl der Blöcke in einem RAID-Streifen.</p>\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5784,12 +5773,12 @@ "anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems bestimmt.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes pro &Inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5813,12 +5802,12 @@ "die Anzahl der Inodes nachträglich zu erhöhen.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Anteil der für &root reservierten Blöcke" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5828,17 +5817,17 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke:</b> Geben Sie die für den Benutzer 'root' (Superuser) reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so berechnet, das normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den Standardwert ist 5.0, das untere Limit ist 0.1.</p>" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5847,12 +5836,12 @@ "Deaktiviert die regelmäßige Überprüfung des Dateisystems beim Booten.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Verzeichnisindex-Funktion" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" @@ -5861,12 +5850,12 @@ "Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen Verzeichnissen.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Kein Journal" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6099,11 +6088,11 @@ msgstr "MD-RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Partitionen können nicht angelegt werden, da andere Partitionen auf Platte in Benutzung sind." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6113,7 +6102,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Auslagerungsbereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6123,7 +6112,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6133,7 +6122,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Auslagerungsbereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6143,7 +6132,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6155,7 +6144,7 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das einen aktiven Auslagerungsbereich enthält,\n" "der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6167,7 +6156,7 @@ "Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6178,18 +6167,18 @@ "auf Platte %2 in Benutzung sind.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Die Installation wird höchstwahrscheinlich fehlschlagen!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Hinzufügen der folgenden auflösbaren Objekte fehlgeschlagen: %1" @@ -6979,6 +6968,18 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte" +#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." +#~ msgstr "Keine ungespeicherten Änderungen vorhanden." + +#~ msgid "Changes:" +#~ msgstr "Änderungen:" + +#~ msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" +#~ msgstr "Möchten Sie die Änderungen jetzt wirklich durchführen?" + +#~ msgid "&Apply" +#~ msgstr "A&nwenden" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" #~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:03 UTC (rev 90459) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2014-10-29 16:14:17 UTC (rev 90460) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 20:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -30,24 +30,24 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor und Werkzeuge installieren" + #. progress step title #: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "Der virtuelle Computer wird konfiguriert..." -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/xen.rb:54 -msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -msgstr "Hypervisor und Werkzeuge installieren" - #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x86_64 ist die einzige unterstützte Architektur, um virtuelle Maschinen zu betreiben. Ihre Architektur ist " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -57,151 +57,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete überprüfen" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration einer Netzwerk-Bridge" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Konfiguration des VM-Servers (Domäne 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Konfiguration des VM-Servers</b></big></p><p>Die Konfiguration des VM-Servers (Domäne 0) besteht aus zwei Teilen.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die erforderlichen Pakete werden zunächst im System installiert. Anschließend wird der Bootloader auf GRUB umgestellt (falls nicht bereits verwendet) und der Xen-Abschnitt wird zum Bootloader-Menü hinzugefügt, falls er fehlt.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p>GRUB ist erforderlich, da er den Multiboot-Standard unterstützt, der zum Booten von Xen und des Linux-Kernels erforderlich ist.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wenn die Konfiguration erfolgreich beendet wurde, kann der VM-Server über das Bootloader-Menü gebootet werden.</p>" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Die Installation wird abgebrochen." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Wählen Sie den/die zu installierenden Hypervisor(en)" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "Server: Minimales System, um einen Hypervisor laufen zu lassen" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Werkzeuge: Konfigurieren, Verwalten and Überwachen virtueller Maschinen" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM-Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM-Server" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM-Werkzeuge" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC-Container" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC-Daemon" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software zum Verbinden mit einem Virtualisierungsserver" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Virtualisierungs-Client-Werkzeuge" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen-Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen-Server" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen-Werkzeuge" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation ist fehlgeschlagen\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation für lxc ist fehlgeschlagen\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation für das-sled-Client-Schema ist fehlgeschlagen\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation für die sles-Schemata ist fehlgeschlagen\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Derzeit läuft der Textmodus. Sollen trotzdem Komponenten für den Grafikmodus installiert werden?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Pakete werden überprüft..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Installieren der Pakete..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Die benötigten Pakete konnten nicht installiert werden." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien von grub2 werden aktualisiert ..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Standard-Netzwerk-Bridge wird konfiguriert..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Netzwerk-Bridge." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" msgstr "<p>Für normale Netzwerkkonfigurationen mit virtuellen Maschinen wird eine Netzwerk-Bridge empfohlen.</p><p>Soll eine Standard-Netzwerk-Bridge konfiguriert werden?<p>" @@ -214,27 +214,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "Die KVM-Komponenten sind installiert. Ihr Host ist bereit für die Installation von KVM-Gastsystemen." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Die KVM-Komponenten sind installiert. Starten Sie bitte die Maschine neu und wählen Sie im Bootmenü den Standard-Kernel, um KVM-Gastsysteme zu installieren." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Bevor Sie Xen-Gastsysteme installieren, starten Sie bitte die Maschine neu und wählen Sie im Bootmenü den Xen-Abschnitt." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Der Xen-Hypervisor und die Tools sind installiert." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Die Virtualisierungs-Client-Werkzeuge sind installiert." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Die libvirt LXC-Komponenten sind installiert." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe@opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner@opensuse.org